Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Asset Management / International Public Partnerships Limited

International Public Partnerships Limited

inpp · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker inpp
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Asset Management
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2024 Annual Report · International Public Partnerships Limited
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
ANNUAL REPORT AND 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2024

COMPANY OVERVIEW
02	 Full-Year Financial Highlights
03	 Responsible Investment Highlights
STRATEGIC REPORT
04	 Chair’s Letter
08	 Investment Case
10	 Business Model –  
Delivering Long-term Benefits
12	 Objectives and Performance
14	 Top 10 Investments
16	 Case Study – BeNEX
18	 Value-focused Portfolio Development
22	 Market Environment 
and Future Opportunities
24	 Operating Review
40	 Responsible Investment
52	 Continuous Risk Management
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
67	 Summary of Investment Policy
68	 Board of Directors
70	 Corporate Governance Report
79	 Audit and Risk Committee Report
82	 Directors’ Report
83	 Directors’ Responsibilities Statement
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
84	 Independent Auditor’s Report to 
the Members of International Public 
Partnerships Limited
90	 Consolidated Financial Statements
94	 Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements
113	Alternative Performance Measures* 
(‘APMs’)
114	Glossary
117	Key Contacts
118	Annex – SFDR periodic reporting 
requirements (unaudited)
CONTENTS
View our company website
www.internationalpublicpartnerships.com
	– London Stock Exchange trading code: INPP.L
	– Member of the FTSE 250 and FTSE All-Share indices
	– £2.3bn market capitalisation at 31 December 2024
	– Eligible for ISA/PEPs and SIPPs
	– Guernsey incorporated company
	– International Public Partnerships Limited (the ‘Company’, 
‘INPP’, the ‘Group’ (where including consolidated 
entities)) shares are excluded from the Financial Conduct 
Authority’s (‘FCA’s’) restrictions, which apply to non-
mainstream investment products, and can be 
recommended by independent financial advisers to 
their clients
	– Registered company number: 45241
COMPANY FACTS
GLOSSARY
Certain words and terms used throughout this Annual Report and financial 
statements are defined in the Glossary on pages 114 to 116. Where APMs are 
used, these are identified by being marked with an * and further information on 
the measure can be found in the Glossary.
COVER IMAGES
Front cover: BeNEX, Germany 
Photo credit: Cantus
Inside cover: Tideway, UK 
Photo credit: Tideway
OUR PURPOSE IS TO INVEST RESPONSIBLY 
IN SOCIAL AND PUBLIC INFRASTRUCTURE 
THAT DELIVERS LONG-TERM BENEFITS FOR 
ALL STAKEHOLDERS.
We aim to provide our investors with stable, long-term, inflation-
linked returns, based on growing dividends and the potential for 
capital appreciation.
We expect to achieve this by investing in a diversified portfolio 
of infrastructure assets and businesses which, through our 
active management, meets societal and environmental needs 
both now and into the future.
Overview
Strategic Report
Corporate Governance
Financial Statements
01
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024

FULL-YEAR 
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
We aim to provide our investors with stable, long-term, 
inflation-linked returns, based on growing dividends and 
the potential for capital appreciation.
8.37p
2024 full-year dividend per share1* 
(3.0% dividend growth)
8.58p
2025 full-year dividend target per share2* 
(c.2.5% dividend growth)
8.79p
2026 full-year dividend target per share2 
(c.2.5% dividend growth)
3.0%
2024 dividend growth*
(2023: 5.0%)
1.1X
Cash dividend cover3* 
(2023: 1.1x)
DIVIDENDS
£2.7bn
NAV at 31 December 20244  
(2023: £2.9bn)
144.7p
NAV per share at 31 December 20244  
(2023: 152.6p)
(6.8)%
2024 NAV movements  
(2023: (4.1%))
(5.2)%
2024 NAV movements per share*
(2023: (4.1%))
NET ASSET VALUE (‘NAV’)4*
PORTFOLIO ACTIVITY
£107.8m
Cash investments made during 2024
(2023: £108.1m)
£43.7m
Realisations made during 2024
(2023: £215.9m)
PROFIT
£0.5m
Profit before tax7
(2023: £28.0m)
*	 Where APMs are used, these are identified by being marked with an * and further information on the measure can be found in the APM section on page 113. 
1	 As previously announced, acknowledging the high levels of inflation, the Company increased its 2023 dividend by 5% and its 2024 dividend by 3%. From 2025, the Board expects to 
continue its long-term projected annual dividend growth rate of c.2.5%. Further information regarding the 2024 half-year dividend and future dividend targets can be found on pages 32 to 33. 
The dividend in respect of the six months to 31 December 2024 is expected to be paid on 9 June 2025.
2 	 Future profit projection and dividends cannot be guaranteed. Projections are based on current estimates and may vary in future.
3 	 Cash dividend payments to investors are paid from net operating cash flow before capital activity* as detailed on pages 30 to 31.
4 	 Further information on the NAV movements can be seen on page 36. The methodology used to determine the NAV is described in detail on pages 32 to 39.
5	 Since inception in November 2006. Source: Bloomberg as at 31 December 2024. Share price appreciation plus dividends assumed to be reinvested.
6 	 Calculated by running a ‘plus 1.0%’ inflation sensitivity for each investment and solving each investment’s discount rate to return the original valuation. The inflation-linked return is the 
increase in the weighted average discount rate. 
7	 Further information is available on pages 30 to 31.
RESPONSIBLE
INVESTMENT HIGHLIGHTS
The Company supports the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development 
adopted by the UN Member States in 2015.
Alignment with the UN Sustainable Development Goals (‘SDGs’) 
is a key part of the Company’s approach to Environmental, Social 
and Governance (‘ESG’) integration, and demonstrates the positive 
environmental and social characteristics of its investments. 
Currently, 100% of our investments support at least one SDG and 
some of the key contributions are demonstrated below:
>181,000
Students attending schools developed and maintained 
by the Company
16%
37,000,000m3
The three components of the London Tideway Improvements 
will work conjunctively to reduce discharges in a typical year 
by c.37m cubic metres
15%
c.3,700,000
Estimated equivalent number of homes capable of being 
powered by renewable energy transmitted through offshore 
transmission (‘OFTO’) investments
19%
>243,000,000
Annual passenger journeys through rail 
transport investments
23%
POSITIVE ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL 
CHARACTERISTICS AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2024
SDG
PORTFOLIO SDG ALIGNMENT 
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2024
For further information on the Company’s contribution to Responsible Investment, please see pages 40 to 51 and the Company’s Sustainability Report.
6.1%
Annualised Total Shareholder Returns 
since IPO5*
(2023: 6.8%)
0.7%
Portfolio inflation-linked returns*
at 31 December 20246
(2023: 0.7%)
RETURNS
Overview
Strategic Report
Corporate Governance
Financial Statements
03
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
02

CHAIR’S LETTER
COMPREHENSIVE PACKAGE OF 
MEASURES TO BE IMPLEMENTED 
IN 2025
The Board recognises that the market 
trading environment remains challenging 
for the UK listed investment trust sector 
and the consequent impact this has on 
the Company. Taking this and the range of 
views shared through our engagement with 
shareholders over the course of the year 
into account, the Board is implementing 
the following package of measures, 
which it believes will further strengthen 
the Company’s position in the current 
environment and ensure it is well-positioned 
for the longer-term.
1.
Further Alignment of Interest:
The interests of the Investment Adviser
and INPP’s shareholders are already
closely aligned, including through the
Investment Adviser and its employees’
long-term holding of over nine million
shares in the Company. However,
the Board is pleased to advise that it
has agreed, subject to finalisation of
contractual arrangements, amendments
to the Investment Advisory Agreement
(‘IAA’) between the Investment Adviser
and the Company which it believes
further aligns the interests of the
Investment Adviser with those of our
shareholders.
From 1 July 2025, the fees paid to the
Investment Adviser in respect of each
quarter will be based on the equal
weighting of: (i) the average of the
closing daily market capitalisation of the
Company during that quarter, and (ii)
the most recently published NAV. Based
on the current share price discount to
the NAV, this fee change is expected to
reduce the ongoing management fee by
approximately 10% per year, providing
additional value for shareholders, as well
as closer alignment3.
2.
Enhanced Divestment Programme:
To demonstrate the underlying value of
the Company’s assets and fund up to
an additional £140m of capital returns
to investors (see below), the Company
continues to actively pursue further
divestments across its portfolio.
Post-period end, in March 2025, the 
Company agreed to sell its minority 
interests in seven UK education PPPs 
to an existing co-shareholder for total 
proceeds of c.£8m which is in line with 
the most recent valuations. There are 
a number of further processes already 
in progress and the next realisation is 
expected to conclude in the second 
quarter of 2025, with further information 
to be provided in due course. The 
Company’s divestment programme may 
exceed the amount of capital it intends 
to return to investors over the period 
to 31 March 2026 as it continues to 
consider other capital allocation options.
3.
Increased Capital Returns: The Board
intends to increase the quantum of
capital being returned to shareholders
by a further £140m, that is, from the
current programme of up to £60m, to
a programme of up to £200m, over
the period to 31 March 2026. This
will be funded by a combination of
divestments and surplus operating cash
flow generated by the Company. Whilst
it is expected that the programme may
be delivered through share buybacks,
other forms of capital returns may also
be considered.
4.
Disciplined Approach to Investments:
Whilst the Board currently prioritises
the return of capital to shareholders,
given the market trading environment,
it will carefully consider opportunities to
reinvest divestment proceeds into new
and follow-on investment opportunities.
Such investments will only be made
where they are considered to provide
significant broader portfolio or strategic
benefits which, taken together with the
projected long-term returns, substantially
exceed the short-term benefits available
through share buybacks.
5.
Commitment to Dividend Growth:
Further dividend guidance covering
2026 has now been provided which,
with additional growth of c.2.5%,
continues the unbroken trend of
growing the dividend each year since
the Company’s IPO in 20064.
FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
The Company’s underlying investments 
have continued to perform very well 
with distributions for the year in line with 
the budget set at the start of the year. 
Accordingly, we are pleased to reconfirm 
the full-year 2024 dividend target of 8.37p, 
reflecting a 3.0% year-on-year increase. The 
dividend for the six months to 31 December 
2024 of 4.19p is expected to be paid on 
9 June 2025. 
From 2025, the Company intends to 
continue its projected long-term growth 
rate of 2.5% and, as such, the full-year 
dividend targets for 2025 and 2026 are 
8.58p and 8.79p respectively4. In order 
to provide investors with a more regular 
income stream, the Company previously 
announced that it intends to increase the 
frequency of its dividend payments from 
semi-annually to quarterly, with the first of 
such payments being made in September 
20251. The dividends projected to be paid 
over the 12 months from 28 February 2025 
represent a 7.6% yield5 when referenced to 
the share price as of the same date.
The Company reconfirms that the projected 
cash receipts from the existing portfolio are 
such that even if no further investments 
are made, the Company currently expects 
to be able to continue to meet its existing 
progressive dividend policy for at least the 
next 20 years6.
During the year, the Company’s NAV  
per share declined from 152.6p at 
31 December 2023 to 144.7p at 31 
December 2024. This movement in NAV 
was primarily driven by an increase in the 
discount rates used to value the Company’s 
investments, which reflects sustained 
upward pressure on discount rates due to 
the sharp rise in underlying government 
bond yields in the period. As a result, the 
weighted average discount rate (‘WADR’) 
has increased from 8.4% to 9.0%. Please 
see more information in the Investor Returns 
section on pages 30 to 39. 
1 The H2 2024 dividend of 4.19p, expected to be paid on 9 June 2025, is the final dividend to be paid on a six-monthly basis. Following this, dividends will be paid quarterly, commencing with 
the first of four interim dividends for the financial year 2025 in September 2025. 
2 The CDF remains undrawn with £13.5m letters of credit to fund pre-existing investments as at 31 December 2024.
3 The IAA will include a provision to ensure that the amount of the base fee payable under the new fee arrangement cannot exceed the amount payable under the existing arrangements.
4 Future profit projection and dividends cannot be guaranteed. Projections are based on current estimates and may vary in future.
5 Dividends projected to be paid over the 12 months from 28 February 2025 divided by the Company’s share price as at 28 February 2025.
DEAR SHAREHOLDER,
During the year, your Board and the 
Investment Adviser have remained 
focused on ensuring that the Company’s 
investments continue to achieve the highest 
levels of performance and on reallocating 
capital to enhance value for shareholders.
The strong underlying performance of 
our investments during the year was 
unfortunately set against a persistently 
challenging listed market environment 
where the Company’s shares continued to 
trade at a discount to their NAV. 
Your Board and the Investment Adviser 
continue to believe that the current share 
price materially undervalues the Company. 
Although the drivers of the recent share 
price movements are principally exogenous 
factors unrelated to the performance of 
the Company’s assets, we recognise the 
importance of taking action to support 
the narrowing of the discount and restore 
value for our shareholders. The need and 
scope of such action has been reinforced 
through direct and valuable engagement 
with shareholders during the year, whose 
feedback continues to shape our approach. 
Our actions have also been guided by our 
previously published capital allocation policy 
and the actions that we have taken to date 
are summarised below.
ACTIONS TAKEN TO DATE
DIVESTMENTS
Realisations totalling c.£260m, the equivalent to c.10% of 
the portfolio, have been undertaken over the 18 months 
to 31 December 2024 across various sub-sectors of the 
Company’s portfolio. All realisations have taken place at 
prices in line with the most recently published valuations
SHARE BUYBACKS
Established a share buyback programme in January 2024 
with c.£55m of shares having been acquired to date, 
generating 0.5p of additional value per share 
INVESTMENTS
Completed £92m of new and strategic follow-on 
investments where the projected returns were greater than 
the returns of the divested assets and of those implied by a 
share buyback
DIVIDENDS
Delivered dividend growth of 5.0% for 2023 and increased 
the 2024 dividend by a further 3.0%, and increased the 
frequency of dividends from semi-annually to quarterly from 
20251
CORPORATE DEBT 
FACILITY (‘CDF’)
Fully repaid the CDF in January 20242 in order to reduce the 
interest costs arising, and subsequently reduced the size of 
the CDF in August 2024 from £350m to £250m to lower the 
associated commitment fees. This revised facility provides 
the Company with appropriate ongoing access to liquidity 
should it be needed
TARGET RETURNS
Formally restated the target return for new investments to 
include consideration of the implied returns available from a 
share buyback
MIKE GERRARD
CHAIR
Corporate Governance
Financial Statements
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
04
05
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Strategic Report
Overview

CHAIR’S LETTER CONTINUED
OPERATIONAL PERFORMANCE 
The majority of the Company’s investments 
generate long-term revenues which are 
based on the availability of the relevant 
asset or facility. Operational performance 
during the year was excellent with 
availability of 99.7% which was in excess 
of the 98% target7. 
In the Company’s Half-Yearly Financial 
Report, published in September 2024, it 
was noted that the East Anglia One (‘EA1’) 
OFTO was operating at half its physical 
capacity, having suffered an offshore cable 
fault in April 2024. We are pleased to report 
that due to the efforts of the Investment 
Adviser’s asset management team, the 
repair works were completed and EA1 
returned to full service in October 2024. 
The team worked closely with Ofgem 
throughout, who expedited their own 
investigations into both the reasons for 
the fault and the Company’s response. 
On 3 March 2025, Ofgem determined that 
the fault was beyond EA1’s reasonable 
control and in considering EA1’s actions 
in responding to and repairing the fault, 
concluded that existing regulatory 
protections would be available such that 
EA1 would not be subject to any revenue 
loss for the impact of the offshore cable 
fault on asset availability.
During the year, Tideway completed the 
major construction works on the new 25km 
‘super sewer’ under the River Thames 
and in September 2024, the tunnel started 
to prevent sewage from entering the 
River Thames. Post year-end, Tideway 
announced that the new super sewer is 
now fully connected bringing the entire 
system online to protect the tidal Thames 
from sewage pollution, promising a greener, 
healthier River Thames. Data shows that 
from September 2024 until the time of 
writing, the system has prevented six million 
cubic metres of sewage from entering the 
river8. This demonstrates the scale of the 
benefits resulting from the project as well 
as the key role that private capital can play 
in helping to deliver the UK’s much-needed 
new public infrastructure.
Complementing the Company’s active 
approach to the management of its 
portfolio, it also made two investments 
during the year, totalling c.£92m, doing so 
only on the basis that the projected long-
term returns were greater than those offered 
by a share buyback. These comprised 
Moray East OFTO and a strategic follow-on 
investment into BeNEX, which resulted in 
this portfolio company becoming one of the 
largest operators of passenger rail services 
in Germany.
RESPONSIBLE INVESTMENT 
As a Company built on partnerships, we 
aim to continuously engage and work 
with our key stakeholders to improve 
the sustainability of our investments 
and to enhance ESG disclosures. This 
Annual Report includes a selection of this 
information for reference, and shareholders 
are encouraged to review the latest edition 
of our Sustainability Report for a more 
detailed coverage of our approach to 
responsible investment.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Throughout 2024, the Board and 
Investment Adviser engaged with over 
300 shareholders, including at the 
Company’s Capital Markets Day. The Board 
is committed to ongoing dialogue with 
shareholders, especially during the period 
of continued volatile trading in our shares. 
John Le Poidevin stepped down from 
his role as Chair of the Audit and Risk 
Committee at the AGM in June 2024, 
at which time the following Committee 
changes also took place: 
– Stephanie Coxon was appointed as the
Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee;
– Meriel Lenfestey was appointed as the
Chair of the Environmental, Social and
Governance Committee and will assume
the role of Senior Independent Director
with effect from the 2025 AGM;
– Julia Bond was appointed as the Chair
of the Management and Engagement
Committee; and
– Sally-Ann David was appointed as
the Chair of the Nomination and
Remuneration Committee.
The Board confirms that the Company is 
fully compliant with the FCA Listing Rules on 
diversity and after the 2025 AGM, the Board 
will be entirely constituted of independent 
directors as Giles Frost, a non-independent 
director, will not be seeking re-election. 
Further information can be seen below and 
on pages 71 to 72.
9	 https://www.amberinfrastructure.com/news-and-insights/press-releases/boyd-watterson-and-amber-infrastructure-finalize-strategic-combination-establishing-a-premier-global-
alternatives-investment-platform/. 
10	As at 28 February 2025. This is calculated based on INPP’s weighted average discount rate, less the Ongoing Charges Ratio, adjusted to reflect the share price discount to the NAV using 
published sensitivities.
11	As at 28 February 2025. 30-year bond used owing to the UK weighting of the portfolio and the weighted average investment tenor of c.38 years.
6	 This is reflective of the 2025 and 2026 dividend targets, and c.2.5% annual dividend growth thereafter.
7	 The asset availability target applies to assets generating availability-based revenues (i.e. both Public-Private Partnerships (‘PPPs’) and OFTOs). See pages 26 to 27 for further information on the 
asset availability during the year.
8	 Tideway has launched a tracker to show the volume of sewage being prevented from entering the River Thames: https://www.tideway.london.
OUTLOOK 
The Board and the Investment Adviser 
continue to believe that infrastructure 
investment remains a highly attractive 
sector for shareholders. INPP offers a 
well-diversified portfolio, generating stable, 
inflation-linked returns while supporting 
economic growth and climate resilience. 
Moreover, the Board believes that the 
implied projected net return of 10.7%10 on 
an investment in the Company’s shares, 
with a current dividend yield of 7.6%5, 
represents an attractive 5.6% premium to 
that offered by a 30-year UK government 
bond11. 
Despite current market trading headwinds, 
the Board remains committed to positioning 
the Company for long-term growth. 
The Company remains one of the few 
avenues available for investors to access 
a portfolio of essential social and public 
infrastructure assets with strong financial 
characteristics and which play a central role 
in the economies of countries in which the 
Company invests. 
With our geographic diversification, 
differentiated expertise in building, 
operating, managing and owning 
a diversified portfolio of assets and 
businesses, the measures that we have 
announced with the results today will assist 
in ensuring that INPP is well placed to 
continue to meet its long-term goals.
The foundations of success for an 
infrastructure investment company like INPP 
are: diligent asset selection, investment and 
divestment; active asset management; and 
prudent financial management. In restoring 
the Company’s share price to its usual long-
term close alignment with its NAV, all three 
principles have a crucial role to play and are 
given equal emphasis by the Board. In this 
the Board must also balance the interests 
of a diverse range of investors, work with 
wider stakeholders and take into account 
the long-term nature of a successful 
infrastructure investment strategy. I and 
my fellow directors thank you for your 
continued support. 
MIKE GERRARD
CHAIR
26 March 2025
The Board was pleased to welcome Giles 
Adu as a non-executive director in the 
period. Giles was appointed to the Board 
in September 2024 and has joined each of 
the Company’s Committees. As previously 
reported, John Le Poidevin and Giles 
Frost will not be seeking re-election at this 
year’s AGM. I would like to thank John on 
behalf of the Board and our shareholders 
for his years of service to the Company. 
His experience and wise counsel will be 
much missed. Giles joined the Board of the 
Company at its formation in 2006 and has 
been a key figure not only in the growth 
and success of INPP, but also in the wider 
listed infrastructure investment sector. I 
know that shareholders, present and past, 
join me in thanking Giles for his outstanding 
contribution to the Company. Although 
he is stepping down from the Board, I am 
delighted that we will continue to benefit 
from his profound sector knowledge and 
insights, through his position within the 
Investment Adviser. 
In addition to our ongoing engagement 
with shareholders, the Board and 
Investment Adviser have also participated 
in discussions with the Association of 
Investment Companies (‘AIC’) and INPP’s 
immediate peer group on common issues 
affecting our sector – the most notable 
example being cost disclosure regulations 
for investment trusts where the Company 
has actively participated in industry 
advocacy and consultation to bring about 
changes that it believes are in the best 
interest of the sector.
In August 2024, our Investment Adviser, 
Amber Infrastructure Limited, reached 
formal completion on its merger with US 
investment manager, Boyd Watterson Asset 
Management, LLC (‘Boyd Watterson’)9. 
The Board is encouraged by the potential 
benefits which this should bring to 
the Company, including investment 
management resources, expertise and 
investment opportunities. 
The Board and the Investment 
Adviser continue to maintain a focus on 
actively managing the portfolio to ensure 
the Company remains well positioned 
for the long term.
MIKE GERRARD
CHAIR
Corporate Governance
Financial Statements
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
06
07
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Strategic Report
Overview

0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2049
2147
2148
2149
2150
Investment Receipts (£ million)
BOARD AND 
COMMITTEES
INVESTMENT  
PORTFOLIO
STRONG AND SUSTAINABLE  
STEWARDSHIP OF PORTFOLIO
REPRESENTATION AT 
ASSET BOARD LEVEL
FINANCIAL AND ACTIVE 
ASSET MANAGEMENT
FUND-LEVEL REPORTING 
AND BOARD SUPPORT
INVESTMENT CASE
01
02
PREDICTABLE, LONG-TERM, 
INFLATION-LINKED CASH FLOWS
Continuing to deliver consistent financial 
returns for investors through dividends 
and capital growth.
– Resilient, inflation-linked cash flows
– Focus on growing predictable dividends
– Principally regulated or contracted government-
backed revenues
– A diversified portfolio of investments with stable,
long-term cash flows and potential growth
attributes
RESPONSIBLE APPROACH 
TO INVESTMENT
The Company is committed to integrating 
ESG considerations across the investment 
lifecycle. In doing so, it aims to reduce risk, 
drive value creation and provide benefits 
for its stakeholders. 
– Article 8 Financial Product, as categorised under
the Sustainable Finance Disclosure Regulation
(‘SFDR’)
– Positive environmental and social characteristics
– Alignment with UN-backed Principles for
Responsible Investment (‘PRI’), SDGs and
the Task Force on Climate-related Financial
Disclosures (‘TCFD’)
For more see pages 30 to 31
For more see pages 40 to 51
PROJECTED INVESTMENT RECEIPTS 
FROM EXISTING ASSETS
This chart is not intended to provide any future profit forecast. Cash flows shown are 
projections based on the current individual asset financial models and may vary in 
future. Only agreed investment commitments as at 31 December 2024 are included.
Tideway, UK
Photo credit: Tideway
03
04
DIVERSIFIED PORTFOLIO OF LOW-
RISK INFRASTRUCTURE ASSETS
The Company seeks to build a diversified 
portfolio of investments with low exposure 
to market demand risks.
– Investing in infrastructure assets and businesses
delivering essential public services
– Investments are diversified across sectors and
developed geographies
– Low correlation to other asset classes
– Active management of assets through the
Company’s Investment Adviser to mitigate risks
and optimise value for all stakeholders
For more see pages 24 to 29
For more see pages 24 to 29
SPECIALIST INVESTMENT ADVISER
The Company has a long-standing 
relationship with the Investment Adviser. 
Amber has sourced, managed and optimised 
the Company’s assets since IPO in 2006. 
– Amber is a specialist international infrastructure
investment manager with one of the largest
independent teams in the sector with c.180
employees internationally
– Amber adopts a full-service approach and is a
leading investment originator, asset and fund
manager with a strong track record
– Local presence with personnel and offices across
the geographies in which the Company invests, who
are responsible for actively managing and optimising
the portfolio throughout the full lifecycle, including
pursuing investment and divestment opportunities
– In August 2024, Amber announced it had reached
formal completion on a strategic transaction
with Boyd Watterson1, creating a leading global
alternatives investment platform with $35bn
combined assets under management
1	 https://www.amberinfrastructure.com/news-and-insights/press-releases/boyd-watterson-and-amber-infrastructure-finalize-strategic-combination-establishing-a-premier-global-
alternatives-investment-platform/. 
Flinders University Health and Medical Research Building, Australia
Corporate Governance
Financial Statements
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
08
09
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Strategic Report
Overview

RESPONSIBLE INVESTMENT
BUSINESS MODEL
DELIVERING LONG-TERM BENEFITS 
WHAT WE DO
OUR PURPOSE
OUR PURPOSE IS TO 
INVEST RESPONSIBLY 
IN SOCIAL AND PUBLIC
INFRASTRUCTURE THAT
DELIVERS LONG-TERM 
BENEFITS FOR ALL 
STAKEHOLDERS.
We aim to provide our 
investors with stable, long-
term, inflation-linked returns, 
based on growing dividends 
and the potential for capital 
appreciation.
We expect to achieve this 
by investing in a diversified 
portfolio of infrastructure 
assets and businesses, 
which, through our active 
management, meets societal 
and environmental needs both 
now and into the future.
SOURCE
The Company operates a rigorous 
framework of governance, incorporating 
a streamlined screening, diligence 
and execution process. This includes 
substantive input from the Company’s 
Investment Adviser and, as appropriate, 
external advisers, with the Company’s 
Board providing robust challenge 
and scrutiny
STRUCTURE
We seek to develop a balanced portfolio 
through our Investment Adviser’s 
extensive relationships, knowledge and 
insights of the market to: 
– Enhance long-term, inflation-linked
cash flows
– Provide opportunities to create long-
term value and enhance returns
For more see pages 18 to 20
EFFICIENT FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
UNDERPINNED BY
CONTINUOUS RISK MANAGEMENT
VALUE-FOCUSED PORTFOLIO DEVELOPMENT
– We seek a portfolio of investments with little to no exposure to market demand risks and
for which financial, macroeconomic, regulatory, ESG and country risks are well understood
and manageable
– The Investment Adviser has a strong investment team that originates attractive opportunities
in line with the Company’s investment strategy
– We continually monitor opportunities to enhance the Company’s existing investments,
whilst also considering opportunities for divestment
– The Company draws on the Investment Adviser’s award-winning sustainability programme,
‘Amber Horizons’, to inform areas for future investment
For more see pages 40 to 51
VALUE CREATION
OPTIMISE
We seek to actively manage our 
investments in order to optimise their 
financial, operational and 
ESG performance 
DELIVER
Through our Investment Adviser’s 
active asset management of our 
investments, we aim to ensure strong 
ongoing asset performance to deliver 
target returns and wider benefits 
for stakeholders
INVESTOR RETURNS 
Continuing to deliver consistent financial 
returns for investors through dividend growth* 
and inflation-linked returns from underlying 
cash flows whilst optimising the portfolio to 
ensure the Company remains well positioned 
in the current market environment, and 
restoring value for our shareholders
PUBLIC SECTOR 
AND OTHER CLIENTS
Providing responsible investment in 
infrastructure to support the delivery of 
essential public services and broader 
societal objectives (e.g. supporting the path 
to net zero). Our ability to deliver services 
and maintain relationships with our clients 
and other key stakeholders is vital for the 
long-term prosperity and performance of 
each investment 
COMMUNITIES 
Delivering sustainable social infrastructure for 
the benefit of communities. The Company’s 
investments provide vital public assets 
whose benefits also include enhancing local 
economies, creating jobs and strengthening 
of communities
SUPPLIERS AND 
THEIR EMPLOYEES
The performance of our service providers, 
supply chain and their employees is crucial 
for the long-term success of our investments. 
The Company promotes a progressive 
approach to:
– Safe, healthy, inclusive workplaces
– Corporate social responsibility
– Opportunities for professional development
– Staff engagement
For more see pages 52 to 65
– ESG characteristics are assessed and considered throughout the investment lifecycle
– Robust ESG objectives to build resilience and drive environmental and social progress
– Upholding high standards of business integrity and governance
– Efficient financial management of investment cash flows and working capital
– Maintaining cash covered dividends
– Ensuring cost-effective operations
ACTIVE ASSET MANAGEMENT
– Robust risk analysis during investment origination ensures strong portfolio development
– Integrated risk management throughout the investment cycle to support strategic objectives
– Ongoing risk assessment and mitigation supports successful continuous asset performance
– The Investment Adviser has an in-house asset management team dedicated to actively
managing our investments
– Where possible, the Investment Adviser will manage the day-to-day activities of our
investments internally, or will exercise our responsibilities through board representation at
asset level and engagement with management teams
– Through our Investment Adviser, we work with public sector clients, partners and service
providers to ensure investments are being managed both responsibly and efficiently to
create value for stakeholders by meeting or exceeding performance targets
– We focus on investment stewardship across the portfolio and recognise the broader
value created from our investments
For more see pages 24 to 29
For more see pages 30 to 31
View our company website
www.internationalpublicpartnerships.com
Corporate Governance
Financial Statements
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
10
11
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Strategic Report
Overview

OBJECTIVES AND PERFORMANCE
The value we provide to our investors and our wider stakeholders 
is monitored using our strategic Key Performance Indicators (‘KPIs’). 
INVESTOR RETURNS
STRATEGIC PRIORITIES
Delivering long-term, inflation-
linked returns to investors
TARGET AN ANNUAL DIVIDEND INCREASE OF 2.5%
3.0%
Annual dividend increase achieved for 20241
(2023: 5.0%)
NEW INVESTMENTS TO MEET 
TARGET RETURN CRITERIA 
100%
Of new Investments made in 2024 met return criteria2 
(2023: 100%)
INFLATION-LINKED RETURNS 
ON A PORTFOLIO BASIS
0.7%
Inflation-linked returns on a portfolio basis at 
31 December 20243
(2023: 0.7%)
1	 Further information regarding the 2024 dividend and future dividend targets  
can be found on pages 32 to 33. The dividend in respect of the six months to  
31 December 2024 is expected to be paid on 9 June 2025.
2	 The target return for any new investment is informed by several factors, including 
(i) the Company’s share price relative to its NAV, (ii) the Company’s weighted 
average discount rate, and (iii) any pertinent economic or strategic considerations. 
Further information can be found on page 32.
3	 Calculated by running a ‘plus 1.0%’ inflation sensitivity for each investment and 
solving each investment’s discount rate to return the original valuation. The 
inflation-linked return is the increase in the weighted average discount rate. 
Please refer to page 32 for further detail.
4	 Measured by comparing forecast portfolio distributions against actual portfolio 
distributions received, in local currency. See page 24 for further information.
5	 The asset availability target applies to assets generating availability-based 
revenues (i.e. both PPPs and OFTOs). See page 26 for further information on the 
asset availability during the year.
6	 The Company’s Investment Adviser was awarded the highest rating of 5-stars 
in the UN-backed PRI 2024 assessment for the Policy Governance and Strategy 
and Direct Infrastructure modules. 
7	 Please refer to page 45 for additional ESG KPIs that are linked to the Company’s 
approach to asset management. 
8	 Cash dividend payments to investors are paid from net operating cash flow before 
capital activity. Movements in the level of coverage from period to period can be 
expected due to the profile of projected distribution receipts from the portfolio 
over time (see chart on page 36), and are not necessarily a reflection of changes in 
the level of asset performance.
9	 For further information, please see the Efficient Financial Management section 
on pages 30 to 31. 
          VALUE-FOCUSED PORTFOLIO
DEVELOPMENT
        Originate investments with stable, 
long-term cash flows and potential 
growth attributes, whilst maintaining 
a balanced portfolio of assets
NEW INVESTMENTS MEET AT LEAST TWO OF FOUR ATTRIBUTES:
1. Stable, long-term returns
2. Inflation-linked investor
cash flows
3. Early stage investor or
investments secured through
preferential access
4. Potential for capital
appreciation
100%
of the investments made in 
2024 met at least two of the 
four attributes
(2023:100%)
          ACTIVE ASSET MANAGEMENT
        Ensuring strong ongoing 
asset performance
STRONG ONGOING ASSET PERFORMANCE AS DEMONSTRATED BY:
100%
Forecast portfolio distributions 
received for 20244 
(2023: 100%)
0.2%
Asset performance deductions 
achieved against a target of <3% 
during 2024
(2023: 0.2%)
99.7%
Asset availability achieved against 
a target of >98% during 20245
(2023: 99.8%)
          RESPONSIBLE INVESTMENT
        Management of material ESG factors
5-stars
PRI rating6 
(2023: 5-stars)
100%
Percentage of new investments in the year that 
positively support targets outlined by the SDGs7 
(2023: 100%)
ROBUST INTEGRATION OF ESG 
INTO INVESTMENT LIFECYCLE
POSITIVE SDG CONTRIBUTION 
FOR NEW INVESTMENTS
          EFFICIENT FINANCIAL 
MANAGEMENT
        Making efficient use of the Company’s 
finances and working capital
1.1x
Dividends fully cash covered* for 2024 
(2023: 1.1x)
1.14%
Ongoing Charges Ratio for 2024
(2023: 1.17%)
CASH COVERED DIVIDENDS8*
COMPETITIVE ONGOING CHARGES9
Corporate Governance
Financial Statements
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
12
13
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Strategic Report
Overview

The Company’s top 10 investments by fair value at 31 December 2024 
are summarised below. A complete listing of the Company’s investments 
is available on the Company’s website.
LOCATION
UK
SECTOR
Gas Distribution
STATUS AT  
31 DECEMBER 2024
Operational
% HOLDING AT  
31 DECEMBER 20241
7% Risk Capital
% INVESTMENT  
FAIR VALUE  
31 DECEMBER 2024
16.1%
% INVESTMENT  
FAIR VALUE  
31 DECEMBER 2023
16.2%
PRIMARY SDG SUPPORTED
1  CADENT
Cadent owns four of the UK’s eight 
regional gas distribution networks 
(‘GDNs’) and in aggregate provides 
gas to approximately 11m homes 
and businesses.
LOCATION
Belgium
SECTOR
Transport
STATUS AT  
31 DECEMBER 2024
Operational
% HOLDING AT  
31 DECEMBER 20241
100% Risk Capital
% INVESTMENT  
FAIR VALUE  
31 DECEMBER 2024
8.1%
% INVESTMENT  
FAIR VALUE  
31 DECEMBER 2023
8.0%
PRIMARY SDG SUPPORTED
3  DIABOLO
Diabolo Rail Link (‘Diabolo’) integrates 
Brussels Airport with the national rail 
network allowing passengers to access 
high-speed trains, such as Amsterdam-
Brussels-Paris and NS International trains.
LOCATION
UK
SECTOR
Waste Water
STATUS AT  
31 DECEMBER 2024
Under 
Construction
% HOLDING AT  
31 DECEMBER 20241
18% Risk 
Capital
% INVESTMENT  
FAIR VALUE  
31 DECEMBER 2024
15.0%
% INVESTMENT  
FAIR VALUE  
31 DECEMBER 2023
14.3%
PRIMARY SDG SUPPORTED
2  TIDEWAY
Tideway is the trading name of the 
company that was awarded the 
licence to design, build, finance, 
commission and maintain a new 
25km ‘super sewer’ under the 
River Thames.
LOCATION
UK
SECTOR
Transport
STATUS AT  
31 DECEMBER 2024
Operational
% HOLDING AT  
31 DECEMBER 20241
10% Risk Capital
% INVESTMENT  
FAIR VALUE  
31 DECEMBER 2024
6.0%
% INVESTMENT  
FAIR VALUE  
31 DECEMBER 2023
6.2%
PRIMARY SDG SUPPORTED
4  ANGEL TRAINS
Angel Trains is a rolling stock leasing 
company which owns more than 4,000 
vehicles. Angel Trains has invested over 
£5bn in rolling stock since it was 
established in 1994.
5  EA1 OFTO 
The project connects the 714MW EA1 
offshore wind farm, located c.50km off the 
Suffolk coast, to the National Grid. The 
transmission assets comprise the onshore 
and offshore substations and connecting 
cables, c.245km in length.
LOCATION
UK
SECTOR
Energy 
Transmission
STATUS AT  
31 DECEMBER 2024
Operational
% HOLDING AT  
31 DECEMBER 20241
100% Risk Capital
% INVESTMENT  
FAIR VALUE  
31 DECEMBER 2024
4.3%
% INVESTMENT  
FAIR VALUE  
31 DECEMBER 2023
4.4%
PRIMARY SDG SUPPORTED
LOCATION
UK
SECTOR
Energy Transmission
STATUS AT  
31 DECEMBER 2024
Operational
% HOLDING AT  
31 DECEMBER 20241
100% Risk Capital
% INVESTMENT  
FAIR VALUE  
31 DECEMBER 2024
3.6%
% INVESTMENT  
FAIR VALUE  
31 DECEMBER 2023
4.0%
PRIMARY SDG SUPPORTED
6  LINCS OFTO
The project connects the 270MW Lincs 
offshore wind farm, located 8km off the 
east coast of England, to the National 
Grid. The transmission assets comprise 
the onshore and offshore substations and 
connecting cables, c.125km in length.
LOCATION
Germany
SECTOR
Transport
STATUS AT  
31 DECEMBER 2024
Operational
% HOLDING AT  
31 DECEMBER 20241
100% Risk 
Capital
% INVESTMENT  
FAIR VALUE  
31 DECEMBER 2024
3.2%
% INVESTMENT  
FAIR VALUE  
31 DECEMBER 2023
2.5%
PRIMARY SDG SUPPORTED
8  BeNEX
BeNEX operates as an investor in 
both rolling stock as well as in train 
operating companies (‘TOCs’) which 
currently provide c.65m train km of 
annual rail transport per year.
10  RELIANCE RAIL
Reliance Rail is responsible for financing, 
designing, delivering and maintaining 
78 next-generation, electrified, ‘Waratah’ 
train sets serving Sydney in New South 
Wales, Australia.
LOCATION
Australia
SECTOR
Transport
STATUS AT  
31 DECEMBER 2024
Operational
% HOLDING AT  
31 DECEMBER 20241
33% Risk Capital
% INVESTMENT  
FAIR VALUE  
31 DECEMBER 2024
2.5%
% INVESTMENT  
FAIR VALUE  
31 DECEMBER 2023
2.8%
PRIMARY SDG SUPPORTED
LOCATION
US
SECTOR
Other
STATUS AT  
31 DECEMBER 2024
Operational
% HOLDING AT  
31 DECEMBER 20241
100% Risk 
Capital
% INVESTMENT  
FAIR VALUE  
31 DECEMBER 2024
2.7%
% INVESTMENT  
FAIR VALUE  
31 DECEMBER 2023
3.9%
PRIMARY SDG SUPPORTED
9  FHSP
Family Housing for Service Personnel (‘FHSP’) 
relates to mezzanine debt investments 
underpinned by security over seven operational 
PPP projects, comprising c.21,800 family 
housing units for US service personnel.
7  MORAY EAST OFTO
LOCATION
UK
SECTOR
Energy 
Transmission
STATUS AT  
31 DECEMBER 2024
Operational
% HOLDING AT  
31 DECEMBER 20241
100% Risk Capital
% INVESTMENT  
FAIR VALUE  
31 DECEMBER 2024
3.2%
% INVESTMENT  
FAIR VALUE  
31 DECEMBER 2023
N/A
PRIMARY SDG SUPPORTED
TOP 10 INVESTMENTS
1	 Risk Capital includes project level equity and/or subordinated shareholder debt.
More detail on significant 
movements in the Company’s 
portfolio for the year to 
31 December 2024 can be found 
on pages 18 to 19.
View our company website
internationalpublicpartnerships.com
The project connects the 950MW 
Moray East offshore wind farm, located 
22km off the Caithness Coast in the 
outer Moray Firth, to the National Grid. 
The transmission assets comprise the 
onshore and offshore substations and 
connecting cables, c.285km in length.
Corporate Governance
Financial Statements
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
14
15
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Strategic Report
Overview

CASE STUDY 
BeNEX
THE COMPANY’S LONG-STANDING 
PASSENGER RAIL BUSINESS 
CONTINUES ITS STRONG GROWTH 
TRAJECTORY
BeNEX is a key player in the German Local 
Public Passenger Transportation (‘LPPT’) 
market and is an investor in both rolling 
stock as well as in the TOCs that manage 
passenger services under contract with the 
relevant federal states across Germany. The 
majority of BeNEX’s revenues are availability-
based, rather than being linked to passenger 
numbers, and support the Company’s wider 
objective of delivering long-term, predictable 
cash flows to its investors.
INPP first invested in BeNEX in 2007 
as one of its two founding shareholders 
and took full control of the business by 
increasing its stake to 100% in 2019. This 
long-term partnership demonstrates INPP’s 
commitment to supporting the LPPT sector 
and has helped BeNEX to grow significantly; 
service volumes have grown by more than 
four times since 2007 such that in 2024 the 
business transported c.123m passengers 
which avoided a staggering 437k tonnes 
of CO2 emissions1. BeNEX is therefore 
making a significant contribution towards 
the achievement of both Germany’s and the 
EU’s CO2 reduction targets, whilst continuing 
to provide INPP with a platform through 
which it can generate predictable revenues 
and participate in the growth of the German 
passenger rail market.
Overall, these and other recent initiatives 
will result in BeNEX’s fleet of operating 
trains increasing to c.350 in 2027. With its 
successes in 2024, BeNEX has solidified its 
position as one of the largest providers of 
local rail passenger transport in Germany, 
supporting both improved mobility as well as 
the decarbonisation of the transport system.
DIFFERENTIATION OF 
THE OPERATING MODEL
A key differentiator for the Company is the 
relationship with its Investment Adviser. 
The Investment Adviser’s team, spread 
across the countries in which the Company 
invests, has been focused on sourcing and 
managing the Company’s assets since 
the IPO in 2006 and has a proven track 
record, with high standards of governance, 
stewardship and relationship management 
across the Company’s investment portfolio. 
c.1,250% 
Growth of revenues since initial 
investment in 2007
FINANCIAL
Key facts and performance:
c.437k tonnes
CO2 emissions avoided in 2024 
compared to a corresponding use 
of cars by passengers
CLIMATE
SOCIETY
c.123m
Number of passengers 
transported in 2024
PRIMARY SDGS SUPPORTED
In October 2024, BeNEX announced the 
successful completion of its acquisition of 
Abellio’s regional rail operations in Germany 
(‘Abellio Germany’) which was facilitated 
by a strategic follow-on investment by the 
Company into BeNEX of c.£15m. This 
transaction involved BeNEX acquiring 100% 
of Abellio Germany from the Dutch State 
Railway. As previously reported, the projected 
economics of this c.£15m investment were 
significantly more attractive, over the medium 
to long-term, relative to the economics of 
engaging in a share buyback2. As a result 
of the acquisition, BeNEX has interests in 
eight TOCs and has significantly increased its 
service volume from c.48m train kilometres 
per year to c.65m train kilometres per year 
under concession agreements with 14 of 
the 16 German federal states. Among other 
benefits, this acquisition contributes towards 
greater use of the regional railways leading 
to the reduction in emissions, and increasing 
future growth opportunities.
Another milestone in 2024 saw one of 
BeNEX’s TOCs be awarded a concession to 
operate services in Mecklenburg-Western 
Pomerania for a further 15 years. Importantly, 
this concession will see the gradual 
replacement of diesel trains with new battery 
electric trains.
More information can be found in the Active 
Asset Management section on page 28. 
The Company’s investment in BeNEX 
demonstrates this approach, as the 
Investment Adviser has worked closely with 
its key stakeholders since the Company’s 
initial investment in BeNEX in 2007. 
Owing to the experience and relationships 
developed by the Investment Adviser since 
the Company made its initial investment, 
the Company was well-placed to negotiate 
the acquisition of its 51% shareholding on 
accretive terms in July 2019 to become the 
sole owner of BeNEX.
SUSTAINABLE MANAGEMENT 
As an investor in passenger rail infrastructure, 
BeNEX can support Germany’s ambition to 
encourage modal shift from private car usage 
to public transport, with the aim of decreasing 
greenhouse gas (‘GHG’) emissions, alleviating 
traffic congestion, and improving air quality.
BeNEX is eligible for alignment with the EU 
Taxonomy for environmentally sustainable 
activities, under the category of Passenger 
Interurban Rail Transport, as it has the 
potential to make a substantial contribution 
to the Climate Mitigation objective of the 
Taxonomy. The Investment Adviser quantifies 
and tracks the EU Taxonomy alignment of the 
Company’s investments and is working with 
BeNEX to support it in meeting the alignment 
criteria, including through a physical climate 
risk assessment which is currently in 
progress. Following the acquisition of Abellio 
Germany, c.80% of BeNEX’s revenues are 
generated by operations with electric rolling 
stock with no direct GHG emissions, and, 
which has the potential to be classified as a 
sustainable economic activity. It is expected 
that this share will continue to grow due to 
increasing electrification of the tracks and a 
further enhancing share of battery electric 
trains in the market. 
1	 Calculated as train passenger-kms times 0.71 car-km (on average 1.4 persons per car assumed) times 164g average CO2 emissions per car-km less 
corresponding train emissions based on actual electricity/diesel consumption. 
2	 The projected long-term economics of a share buyback are calculated based on INPP’s weighted average discount rate, less the Ongoing Charges Ratio, 
adjusted to reflect the share price discount to the NAV using published sensitivities. As at 30 June 2024, the latest valuation date before making the investment, 
the projected net return was 9.3% per annum.
Image: BeNEX, Germany
Photo credit: Cantus
16
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
17
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Financial Statements
Corporate Governance
Overview
Strategic Report

OPERATING REVIEW 
Given the ongoing volatility in the UK listed 
market, conditions remain unfavourable for 
raising new equity. As a result, the Board 
and Investment Adviser are prioritising asset 
allocation and active portfolio management. 
A package of measures has also been 
implemented to strengthen the Company’s 
position in the current environment and 
ensure it is well-positioned for the longer-
term. Central to this is an enhanced capital 
return programme – funded through a 
mix of divestments and surplus cash flow, 
primarily via share buybacks, though other 
return methods may be considered. 
The Board will continue to regularly 
review the overall composition of the 
portfolio to ensure it remains aligned with 
the Company’s investment objectives, 
considering both investment and divestment 
opportunities, as appropriate. 
INVESTMENTS MADE DURING 2024
            VALUE-FOCUSED PORTFOLIO DEVELOPMENT
THREE SHIRES PORTFOLIO 
Location 
Status 
Operational
Divestment 
c.£14m 
Divestment date 
August 2024
Primary SDG supported 
The portfolio comprises the 
design, build, financing and 
maintenance of four community 
healthcare facilities, including 
two in Derbyshire, one in 
Leicestershire and one in 
Lincolnshire.
The Company’s 50% interest 
in the portfolio was disposed 
of in August 2024, with the 
sales price being in line with 
the Company’s 30 June 2024 
valuation.
FHSP
Location 
Status 
Operational
Divestment 
c.£30m
Divestment date 
September 2024
Primary SDG supported 
INPP’s FHSP investments are 
in the form of mezzanine debt 
investments secured against 
seven operational Public-Private 
Partnerships (‘P3’) projects, 
comprising c.21,800 housing units 
located across the United States.	
The Company made a partial 
disposal in September 2024, 
realising c.£30m, with the 
sales price being in line with 
the Company’s 30 June 2024 
valuation.
BeNEX
Location 
Status 
Operational
Investment 
c.£15m 
Investment date 
October 2024
Key attributes 
1
2
3
4
Primary SDG supported 
BeNEX, which is wholly-owned 
by INPP, is an investor in 
both rolling stock and eight 
TOCs which operate regional 
passenger rail services across 
Germany. BeNEX is under 
contract with numerous German 
federal states and acquired
Abellio’s regional rail 
operations in Germany 
which principally comprise 
two TOCs generating 
mostly availability-based 
revenues.
PERFORMANCE AGAINST 
STRATEGIC KPIs
100%
Of the investments made in 2024 
met at least two of the four attributes 
(2023: 100%)
Investment activity during the year to 31 December 2024 which included new, follow-on 
and existing commitments totalling £107.8m (2023: £108.1m). This included the acquisition 
of Moray East OFTO, a further investment into BeNEX and funding into long-standing 
investment commitments to Flinders University Health and Medical Research Building 
(‘HMRB’), Gold Coast Light Rail – Stage 3, and toob.
The Board carefully considered the merits of completing the acquisitions in light of capital 
allocation priorities. The projected returns from acquiring Moray East OFTO and BeNEX were 
judged to be significantly more attractive relative to alternative capital allocation options and 
given the capital was available to the Company as a result of realisation activity, the Board 
concluded that these acquisitions were in the best interests of shareholders. 
EXISTING COMMITMENTS
The Company has three long-standing commitments to invest in the Flinders University HMRB, Gold Coast Light Rail – Stage 3, and toob. 
All of these investment commitments are expected to be fulfilled by mid-2026.
Existing commitments
Location
Outstanding commitment as at 31 December 2024
Flinders University HMRB
£2.0m
Gold Coast Light Rail – Stage 3
£5.1m
toob
£5.4m
INVESTMENT REALISATION
As stated earlier in this Report, the Board and the Investment Adviser continue to actively pursue selective divestment opportunities across 
INPP’s portfolio to support valuations and fund the continued return of capital to investors. In the 18 months to 31 December 2024, the 
Company successfully generated c.£260m from asset realisations from its energy transmission, social infrastructure, and digital infrastructure 
investments. All realisations have taken place at prices in line with the most recently published valuations. 
During the 12 months to 31 December 2024, INPP realised c.£44m and the Company continued to actively pursue both individual assets 
and portfolio divestments. Post-period end, in March 2025, the Company agreed to sell its minority interests in seven UK education PPPs 
to an existing co-shareholder for total proceeds of c.£8m which is in line with the most recent valuations. In addition, there are a number of 
further ongoing divestment processes and further information will be provided in due course. 
DESIRABLE KEY ATTRIBUTES FOR THE PORTFOLIO
Whilst the Board currently prioritises the 
return of capital to shareholders given 
the market environment, it will carefully 
consider opportunities to reinvest divestment 
proceeds into new and follow-on investment 
opportunities. Such investments will only be 
made where there are significant broader 
portfolio or strategic benefits and where the 
projected long-term returns substantially 
exceed the short-term benefits available 
through share buybacks.
More generally, any new investments should 
remain consistent with the Company’s 
investment objectives to provide investors 
with long-term, inflation-linked cash flows 
and/or the potential for capital appreciation. 
Consistent with the Board’s KPI targets, new 
investments are therefore required to have at 
least two of the four key attributes listed. 
1	
Long-term, stable returns
2	
Inflation-linked investor cash flows 
3	
Early-stage investor (e.g. the Company 
is an early-stage investor in a new 
opportunity developed by its Investment 
Adviser) or investments secured through 
preferential access (e.g. sourced through 
pre-emptive rights) 
4	
Potential for capital appreciation 
(e.g. through ‘de-risking’ or residual/
terminal value growth)
Any investment would also be required to 
positively contribute towards the SDGs (see 
the Responsible Investment KPI on pages 
12 to 13).
MORAY EAST OFTO
Location 
Status 
Operational
Investment 
c.£77m
Investment date 
February 2024
Key attributes 
1
2
3
4
Primary SDG supported 
Moray East OFTO is the 
Company’s 11th OFTO 
investment and will further 
increase the Company’s 
contribution to the UK’s transition 
to a net zero carbon economy.
This investment has the capacity 
to transmit sufficient renewable 
electricity to power the equivalent 
of c.1.0m homes, increasing 
the total equivalent across the 
Company’s OFTO portfolio to 
c.3.7m homes.
Corporate Governance
Financial Statements
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
18
19
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Strategic Report
Overview

OPERATING REVIEW CONTINUED
VALUE-FOCUSED PORTFOLIO DEVELOPMENT CONTINUED
FUTURE OPPORTUNITIES
The Company does not need to make additional investments to deliver current projected returns and reconfirms that the projected cash 
receipts from the existing portfolio are such that even if no further investments are made, the Company currently expects to be able to 
continue to meet its existing progressive dividend policy for at least the next 20 years1. 
Further investment opportunities will be assessed against the Company’s relevant strategic KPIs and will only be considered where there are 
significant broader portfolio or strategic benefits and where the projected long-term returns exceed those available through share buybacks. 
A high-level summary of wider sectors that the Company continues to actively review is outlined below.
SOCIAL 
INFRASTRUCTURE
REGULATED UTILITIES
TRANSPORT 
AND MOBILITY
EXAMPLE INVESTMENTS
– Education
– Health
– Justice
– Other social
accommodation
EXAMPLE INVESTMENTS
– OFTOs
– Distribution and
transmission
– Other regulated
investments e.g. nuclear
EXAMPLE INVESTMENTS
– Government-backed
transport including:
–
Light rail
–
Regional rail
OTHER ESSENTIAL 
INFRASTRUCTURE
EXAMPLE INVESTMENTS
– Digital connectivity
– Energy management
Haeata Community Campus, 
New Zealand
Reliance Rail, Australia
Rampion OFTO, UK
Image: Moray East OFTO, UK
1	 This is reflective of the 2025 and 2026 dividend targets, and c.2.5% annual dividend growth thereafter.
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
20
21
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Financial Statements
Corporate Governance
Strategic Report
Overview

OPERATING REVIEW
MARKET ENVIRONMENT 
AND FUTURE OPPORTUNITIES
NORTH AMERICA
– Bipartisan stimulus bills including the
Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act (‘IIJA’)1
the CHIPS and Science Act and the Inflation
Reduction Act (‘IRA’)2, totaling US$1.8tn
have been driving investment in transport,
communications, energy, carbon and resiliency 
infrastructure 
– However, the change in Administration resulting
from the November 2024 election may create
additional uncertainty around the future of
some existing stimulus packages; although
infrastructure spending generally appears to be
well supported on a bipartisan basis
– Deal volumes increased in 2024 and are
expected to increase further with new
procurements issued for transport, social
accommodation and energy deals
– Government and other entities are actively
seeking alternative delivery of projects. Many
projects display innovative capital structures
utilising various sources of public and private
capital
– As of December 2024, the projections for US
economic GDP growth implies that government
spending cuts will be fully implemented in
the 2026 fiscal year and further subtract from
growth, indicating GDP growth of 2.4% in 2025,
before slowing to 1.7% in 2026. GDP growth of
c.2% is then expected from 2027 to 20293
– 	In Canada, aggressive energy and
decarbonisation targets are driving new deal
flow along with an increase in the number of
proposed P3 deals
EUROPE (EXCLUDING UK)
– Within the EU, political instability persists, with contentious election
results in Austria and government upheavals in France and Germany,
the bloc’s largest two economies, adding ambiguity to economic
policy-making
– Consequently, European economic growth has fallen below
expectations, prompting the European Central Bank (‘ECB’) to revise
its growth forecasts for 2024-2027 to 0.7% in 2024, 1.1% in 2025,
1.4% in 2026, and 1.3% in 20278. Inflation is expected to decline to
the ECB’s target of 2% during 2025
– Infrastructure investments in Europe have continuously benefited
from being supported by broader EU frameworks and initiatives,
such as the Connecting Europe Facility (‘CEF’). CEF programmes
for energy, transport and digital (totalling more than €33bn until
2027) and the availability of other initiatives such as the €800bn Next
Generation EU Recovery Fund have further advanced the goal of
building a ‘greener, more digital and more resilient Europe’ as well as
of achieving the EU’s decarbonisation targets for 2030 and 20509
– While difficult to predict, it can be expected that the changes in
governments, clear economic policies including structural reforms
(e.g. tax reforms, lower energy prices) and more political stability
should enable sustainable growth in the EU. With the likely further
normalisation of interest rates, as well as the expected supportive
economic growth and inflation trends, the outlook for infrastructure
market activity is assumed to be more favourable in 2025, although
risks remain due to ongoing geopolitical uncertainties and a
potentially more challenging trading environment10
1	 Bipartisan Infrastructure Law, The White House
2	 The Inflation Reduction Act, The White House
3	 https://www2.deloitte.com/us/en/insights/economy/us-economic-forecast/united-states-outlook-analysis.html
4	 https://www.gov.uk/government/news/what-you-need-to-know-about-the-autumn-budget-2024
5	 https://www.ice.org.uk/news-views-insights/inside-infrastructure/whats-new-uk-government-doing-about-infrastructure
6	 https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/national-wealth-fund-mobilising-private-investment/national-wealth-fund-mobilising-private-investment-accessible#:~:text=It%20will%20
mobilise%20private%20sector,Chancellor%20of%20the%20Exchequer
7	 https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/6710cf42080bdf716392f558/NWF_IIS_Publication.pdf
UNITED KINGDOM
– 	The UK macroeconomic environment remained challenging with
subdued growth and persistently elevated interest rates. Despite this,
infrastructure investment continues to enjoy strong endorsement, with
the UK government announcing the intention to mobilise £100bn of
investment into UK infrastructure in the 2024 Autumn budget, through
both private and public capital4
– The 2024 Autumn budget focused on long-term planning including
infrastructure investment and the Treasury have announced that a
10-year National Infrastructure Strategy will be published following
the conclusion of a multi-year spending review, which is anticipated
to be delivered in June 2025. The review is expected to focus on
infrastructure’s role in enabling resilient growth, delivering clean energy
by 2030 and transitioning to net zero by 20502
– In September 2024, the Labour Party outlined its commitment to
expanding infrastructure investment with a focus on clean energy
projects, transport connectivity improvements, and a significant push
for the green economy to meet net zero objectives. In addition, the UK
has committed to a 68% reduction in emissions by 2030, as part of its
Nationally Determined Contribution towards the Paris Agreement6
– During 2024, The UK Infrastructure Bank (established in 2022) was
rebranded as the National Wealth Fund. The National Wealth Fund will
mobilise billions of pounds of investment into the UK’s clean energy and
growth industries. It will play a pivotal role in facilitating private sector
investment to support net zero ambitions and broader infrastructure
goals through the delivery of the government’s new Industrial Strategy
which was expanded to include defence spending, reallocating funds
initially designated for green projects7
AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND
– Government investment will remain a key driver of private
infrastructure development in Australasia in 2025, with
energy and transport projects prioritised to address
population growth and accelerate the transition to net zero
emissions by 2050
– The Australian Government’s 2024-25 budget allocated
A$270bn for infrastructure spending across states and
territories over the four years to 2027-2028, marking a
A$14bn increase from the 2023-2024 budget11. Amid
fiscal constraints and cost-of-living pressures, funds are
primarily directed toward ongoing government projects.
Major initiatives include the Central-West Orana and New
England Renewable Energy Zones, North East Link PPP,
and Northern Corridor PPP
– The Reserve Bank of Australia projects gross domestic
product (‘GDP’) growth of 1.75% for the year 2024–2025,
and 2.25% in 2025–202612 and The New Zealand
Treasury forecasts real GDP growth of 0.5% for the fiscal
year 2024/2025, accelerating to 3.3% in 2025/2026, 
supported by lower interest rates13
– Australian states and territories continue to sponsor smaller-
scale greenfield social infrastructure projects, primarily 
across healthcare, housing and broader civic sectors
– State gross debt levels across Australia have risen
significantly from ~7% of GDP in 2019 to more than ~15%
in 2024 and are forecast to rise to ~20% of GDP by 2028,
fueled by a large pipeline of infrastructure projects in an
environment of inflationary cost pressures14. As a result,
state governments with high levels of debt (particularly
Victoria and New South Wales) are recognising that the
public sector alone will be unlikely to meet infrastructure
investment requirements and greater private financing will
likely be needed
– 	In New Zealand, the government released an updated
PPP framework in late 2024, enhancing risk transfer,
bid cost recognition, and dispute resolution to attract
international expertise. A new funding and financing
framework aims to encourage private sector investment
in public infrastructure delivery
8	 https://www.ecb.europa.eu/press/projections/html/ecb.projections202412_eurosystemstaff~71a06224a5.en.html#toc6
9	 https://cinea.ec.europa.eu/programmes/connecting-europe-facility/about-connecting-europe-facility_en#cef-energy
10	https://www.dws.com/en-gb/insights/alternatives-research/infrastructure/infrastructure-strategic-outlook-2025/
11	Australian Infrastructure Budget Monitor 2024-25
12	https://budget.gov.au/content/myefo/download/02_Part_2_WEB.pdf
13	https://www.treasury.govt.nz/publications/efu/half-year-economic-and-fiscal-update-2024
14	Fitch Ratings
Corporate Governance
Financial Statements
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
22
23
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Strategic Report
Overview
2024 remained 
challenging due to 
volatile macroeconomic 
conditions and 
geopolitical events

GEOGRAPHIC SPLIT
UK 73% 
Belgium 8% 
Australia 7% 
Germany 4% 
US 3% 
New Zealand 3% 
Canada 1% 
Denmark <1% 
Investments are diversified by developed geographies
Ireland <1% 
INVESTMENT OWNERSHIP
100% 46% 
<50% 49% 
50-100% 5% 
Preference to hold majority stakes
INVESTMENT LIFE
<20 years 39% 
>30 years 37%
20-30 years 24%
Weighted average portfolio life of c.38 years5
SECTOR BREAKDOWN
Transport 20% 
Energy transmission 19% 
Education 16% 
Gas distribution 16% 
Waste water 15% 
Other 14% 
141 investments in infrastructure projects
and businesses across a variety of sectors¹
INVESTMENT TYPE
Risk Capital2 99% 
Senior Debt 1% 
Investments across the capital structure
MODE OF ACQUISITION/INVESTMENT STATUS
Operational 85% 
Construction 15% 
Early Stage Investor3 68% 
Later Stage Investor4 32% 
Early stage investment gives first mover advantage 
and maximises capital growth opportunities
            ACTIVE ASSET MANAGEMENT
OPERATIONAL PERFORMANCE
Infrastructure assets and businesses inherently involve health and safety risk both during 
construction and whilst operational. The health and safety of clients, delivery partners, 
employees and members of the public who come into contact with our assets is of the 
utmost importance and so we accord the highest priority to health and safety. The Accident 
Frequency Rate (‘AFR’) of the Company’s underlying investment portfolio is calculated based 
on the number of occupational injuries that resulted in lost time during the relevant period. 
For the year to 31 December 2024, this remained low at 0.30 per 100,000 hours worked 
(31 December 2023: 0.38). Comprehensive health and safety data is evaluated each quarter 
to highlight any trends or areas of focus. 
From a cash flow perspective, the portfolio performed well during the year to 31 December 
2024 with 100% of the investment portfolio’s overall forecast distributions having been 
received (31 December 2023: 100%). 
Further information on operational performance and key updates for the Company’s 
PPP projects, regulated investments and operational businesses is set out on the 
following pages.
1	 Further details of such services and costs can be found on the Investment Adviser’s website: https://www.amberinfrastructure.com/what-we-do/manage-asset-management/.
0.30
Accident Frequency Rate 
per 100,000 hours worked
(31 December 2023: 0.38)
PERFORMANCE AGAINST 
STRATEGIC KPIs
100%
Forecast distributions received
(31 December 2023: 100%)1
1	 The majority of assets and businesses benefit from availability-based or regulated revenues. ‘Other’ includes Health (4%), FHSP (3%), Digital (2%) and Judicial (2%) among other assets.
2	 Risk Capital includes project-level equity and/or subordinated shareholder debt.
3	 Early Stage Investor – investments developed or originated by the Investment Adviser or predecessor team in primary or early phase investments.
4	 Later Stage Investor – investments acquired from a third-party investor in the secondary market.
5	 Includes non-concession entities which potentially have a perpetual life but are assumed to have finite lives for this illustration.
PORTFOLIO OVERVIEW AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2024 
OPERATING REVIEW
APPROACH TO ASSET MANAGEMENT 
Through our Investment Adviser, we actively manage our investments to maintain a high-performing portfolio capable of delivering consistent 
returns to shareholders.
At the portfolio level, Amber has a highly skilled in-house team with decades of sector experience across the regions where INPP operates. 
This team is responsible for overseeing and optimising the Company’s investments, including through board representation, as well as 
the provision of dedicated finance and legal staff, to ensure that the portfolio meets or exceeds performance targets for the benefit of all 
stakeholders. The team’s proactive approach has played a crucial role in the Company’s success since its IPO and has been instrumental in 
maintaining this success during periods of macroeconomic volatility. 
CORPORATE MANAGEMENT SERVICES
Unlike typical companies, infrastructure concession-owning portfolio companies (such as PPPs and OFTOs) do not have their own 
management teams. Instead, they rely on third-party service providers for corporate management services typically covering contract 
management, lender reporting, invoicing and accounting, cash management, tax compliance, and other corporate management functions. 
These services are essential for ensuring the portfolio companies deliver the forecast financial returns to the Company. These services are 
procured by, and charged to, the relevant portfolio company, and are factored into the investment’s fair value.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Similar to facilities management, corporate management services are typically secured at the start of a project through a long-term contract, 
helping to reduce future cash flow volatility. The scope and costs of these services are evaluated by the procuring authority as part of the 
initial competitive project tender. Additionally, these arrangements undergo review, benchmarking, and assessment by the Investment 
Committee during the investment decision process. 
This proven asset management approach has consistently delivered effective oversight and operational efficiency, as demonstrated by the 
swift resolution of the recent cable fault at EA1. When beneficial, the Board aims to leverage the broader expertise and experience of the 
Amber Group to directly provide these services to portfolio companies1.
Corporate Governance
Financial Statements
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
24
25
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Strategic Report
Overview

PORTFOLIO BREAKDOWN
 PPP 38% 
PORTFOLIO BREAKDOWN
 Regulated Investments 50% 
OPERATING REVIEW CONTINUED
ACTIVE ASSET MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
The Company’s PPP portfolio (accounting 
for 38% of the portfolio by investment fair 
value) is comprised of individual concession-
based investments where a private sector 
entity is generally responsible for designing, 
building, financing, operating and maintaining 
a social infrastructure facility typically in 
exchange for availability-based revenues. 
These investments span various sectors, such 
as education, healthcare, justice and other 
social infrastructure sectors across multiple 
jurisdictions. The Company’s PPP investments 
continue to meet key objectives, including 
that facilities are available for use, areas are 
safe and secure, and performance standards 
outlined in the underlying agreements are 
met. The Company’s Investment Adviser 
has significant expertise in this field and has 
overseen the majority of the PPP projects in 
the Company’s portfolio since their inception.
– Monitoring availability and performance
deductions serves as a vital KPI. While
deductions are typically transferred to
facilities management providers under long-
term fixed price contracts, the Investment
Adviser actively oversees its subcontractors
to optimise project performance. During
the year to 31 December 2024, the overall
availability of the Company’s PPP assets
was 99.8% (31 December 2023: 99.8%)
with performance deductions of only 0.2%
(31 December 2023: 0.2%), both of which
were ahead of targets and demonstrate 
the high level of operational performance 
achieved
– The overall asset availability of 99.7%
for the year to 31 December 2024 (31
December 2023: 99.8%) reflects the
Company’s PPP projects as well as its
OFTO investments
– During the year, the Company’s Investment
Adviser oversaw the delivery of lifecycle
works (including repair, refurbishment, and
replacement works) totalling £53.6m on
behalf of public sector clients. This work
ensures the facilities continue to perform in
line with the contractual requirements for
the relevant public sector clients
– The Company’s public sector clients
initiated over 1,200 contract variations
during the year, amounting to £16.1m in
value. These variations range from minor
adjustments and renovations to substantial
upgrades and expansions, and help ensure
the facilities continue to meet clients’ needs
– A number of benchmarking exercises were
performed and agreed for the Company’s
social accommodation projects, which
included reviewing the cost of the services
delivered in order to ensure value for money
for the public sector client
PPP PROJECTS
ASSET HAND-BACK
The transfer, or ‘hand-back’, of the PPP 
assets and the associated services to 
the public sector clients is an increasingly 
important area of focus as the Company’s 
PPP portfolio matures. The Investment 
Adviser proactively monitors asset condition, 
maintenance and lifecycle works to ensure 
the assets will meet the necessary criteria 
for hand-back. Where an asset’s condition 
does not meet the necessary criteria, the 
PPP company must undertake remedial 
works. The risk associated with the costs 
of these works are generally contractually 
passed to subcontractors. This proactive 
approach aims to facilitate an efficient and 
seamless transfer to the relevant public 
sector counterparty.
The Investment Adviser is a leading 
contributor to the Infrastructure and Projects 
Authority (‘IPA’) working groups which aim 
to provide guidance and greater certainty 
to the public and private sector in the UK 
in relation to how hand-back should be 
delivered to ensure a consistent approach 
is adopted across the sector.
The first of the Company’s PPP investments 
that will go through the hand-back process 
is Hereford and Worcester Courts in 2025 
and the necessary activities are proceeding 
in line with expectations. The expiry dates 
for the remainder of the Company’s PPP 
concessions span the next 25 years. 
DIABOLO
Diabolo is a rail infrastructure investment 
which connects Brussels Airport with 
Belgium’s national rail network. The majority 
of the revenues generated by Diabolo are 
linked to passenger use of either the rail 
link itself, or the wider Belgian rail network. 
Passenger numbers now exceed pre-
pandemic levels and Diabolo is paying 
distributions in line with expectations.
PERFORMANCE AGAINST 
STRATEGIC KPIs
99.7%
Asset availability achieved 
against a target of >98%1
(31 December 2023: 99.8%)
0.2%
Asset performance deductions 
achieved against a target of <3%
(31 December 2023: 0.2%)
OTHER KEY UPDATES
REGULATED INVESTMENTS
The Company is currently invested in 
Cadent, Tideway and a portfolio of 11 
OFTOs (together accounting for 50% of 
the portfolio by investment fair value), 
all of which are regulated by statutory 
independent economic regulators. 
Whilst different in nature, the regulatory 
frameworks used are ultimately designed 
to, among other things, protect the 
interests of consumers whilst ensuring that 
the regulated companies can earn a fair 
return on their capital. The Company owns 
100% of each of its OFTO investments 
and whilst the Company does not hold 
majority positions in Cadent or Tideway, the 
Company engages through its Investment 
Adviser’s board director positions in 
the governance of its investments. This 
includes seeking to ensure effective risk 
management and driving the overall 
financial, operational and ESG performance 
of its investments. 
OFTOs
The Company’s OFTO investments 
are regulated by the Office of Gas and 
Electricity Markets (‘Ofgem’) which grants 
licences to transmit electricity generated by 
offshore wind farms into the onshore grid. 
The revenues generated are not linked to 
electricity production or price, instead the 
OFTO is paid a pre-agreed, availability-
based revenue stream for a fixed period of 
time (typically 20-25 years).
The EA1 OFTO was operating at only 
half its physical capacity after having 
suffered an offshore cable fault in April 
2024. However, due to the efforts of the 
Investment Adviser’s asset management 
team, the repair works were completed 
and EA1 returned to full service in October 
2024. The team worked closely with 
Ofgem throughout, who expedited their 
own investigations into both the reasons 
for the fault and EA1’s response. Post 
period end, Ofgem determined that the 
fault was beyond the OFTO’s reasonable 
control and, taking into account EA1’s 
actions in responding to and repairing the 
fault, concluded that existing regulatory 
protections would be available such that 
EA1 would not be subject to any revenue 
loss for the impact of the offshore cable 
fault on asset availability. Accordingly, paid 
availability for the year was 99.7% which is 
above the licence target of 98.0%.
The Ofgem consultation process regarding 
the potential regulatory developments 
underpinning an extension of the OFTO 
revenue stream is ongoing. In January 
2024, Ofgem published decisions on 
some of the questions raised in its 2022 
consultation. This confirmed Ofgem’s 
overarching objective is to maximise the 
combined operational lifetimes of both 
generation and transmission assets where 
it is economic and efficient to do so. In 
December 2024, Ofgem published a further 
consultation seeking views on extending the 
operating periods for OFTOs and improving 
the efficiency of the current tender process. 
Ofgem expects incumbent OFTOs to be 
best positioned to operate transmission 
assets in an extension period with its 
preferred approach being to promote 
bilateral negotiation with the incumbent 
OFTO when setting any extension 
revenue stream.
CADENT1
Cadent is the UK’s largest gas distribution 
network, serving 11m homes and 
businesses. Cadent is regulated by Ofgem 
which has granted Cadent a licence to 
distribute gas across certain regions within 
the UK. The business has continued to 
perform strongly during the year.
Cadent continues to support the UK 
government in meeting its net zero 
target. The transition to net zero will 
change the role of the gas network over 
time as consumers gradually shift their 
consumption to lower carbon alternatives 
such as renewable electricity and hydrogen 
alongside an expected move away from 
natural gas. Cadent will play a critical role 
in energy decarbonisation in the UK by, (i) 
continuing to safely and reliably provide 
gas and thereby facilitate the increased 
use of cleaner albeit more intermittent 
technologies, (ii) driving reductions in 
emissions while customers still need gas, 
and (iii) converting and developing the 
network to enable the distribution of cleaner 
fuels such as hydrogen to where it is 
needed when customers are ready.
During the year, Ofgem continued to 
consult stakeholders as part of its process 
for determining the revenues that UK 
gas network companies will be able to 
earn in the next five-year price control 
period which starts in 2026. In July 2024, 
Ofgem announced2 that it does not 
anticipate significant regulatory changes 
in the next price control period, that the 
framework must be adaptable to a range 
of potential future energy pathways, and 
that maintaining a safe and resilient gas 
network remains paramount. The terms 
of announcements made by Ofgem were 
broadly consistent with the Company’s 
expectations. In December 2024, Cadent 
submitted its final business plan in respect 
of the next price control period to Ofgem 
and expects to receive Ofgem’s draft and 
final determinations later in 2025.
TIDEWAY3
Tideway is regulated by the Water Services 
Regulation Authority (‘Ofwat’) which, in 2015, 
granted Tideway a licence to design, build, 
finance, commission and maintain a new 
25km ‘super sewer’ under the River Thames. 
Major construction work on the project 
was completed during the year and in 
September 2024, the tunnel started to 
prevent sewage from entering the River 
Thames for the first time. In February 2025, 
it was confirmed that the ‘super sewer’ had 
been fully connected and it should therefore 
now be able to prevent 95% of the sewage 
spills that would have otherwise polluted 
the River, dramatically improving the water 
quality of the River Thames and delivering 
significant environmental benefits. Data 
shows that from September 2024 until the 
time of writing, the system had prevented 
more than six million cubic metres of 
sewage4 from entering the River Thames. 
Commissioning is currently scheduled for 
completion in the second half of 2025. At 
£4.6bn, the estimated cost of the project 
remains broadly in line with the amount 
stated in INPP’s 2024 Interim Report and 
the cost to Thames Water customers 
remains within the initial estimate provided 
at the outset of the project.
In December 2024, Ofwat published its final 
determinations for the 2024 price review 
(‘PR24’) which set out the price controls for 
1	 View Cadent’s latest Annual Report: https://cadentgas.com/getmedia/ad65d96e-2aac-4f74-86fd-73ea28922034/27091_Cadent_AR24_WEB_2024-06-19.pdf.
2	 https://www.ofgem.gov.uk/decision/riio-3-sector-specific-methodology-decision-gas-distribution-gas-transmission-and-electricity-transmission-sectors.
3	 View Tideway’s latest Annual Report: https://www.tideway.london/media/6872/tideway-annual-performance-report-2023-24-signed.pdf.
4	 Tideway has launched a tracker to show the volume of sewage being prevented from entering the River Thames: https://www.tideway.london.
1	 The asset availability target applies to assets generating availability-based revenues (i.e. both PPPs and OFTOs).
Corporate Governance
Financial Statements
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
26
27
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Strategic Report
Overview

PORTFOLIO BREAKDOWN
 Operating Businesses 12% 
INPP SERVICE PROVIDERS¹
Downer & Spotless 6%
Infrabel 8%
Hunt Military Communities 3%
Bouygues 3%
G4S 2%
Mitie 3%
OCS 2%
Amey 1%
Kier 1%
Honeywell 1%
Others 7%
Regulated Investments² 50%
Operating Businesses² 12%
FES 1%
1. Based on percentage of Investments at Fair Value as at 31 December 2024.
2. These investments operate with no significant exposure to any one 
service provider or delivery partner.
OPERATING REVIEW CONTINUED
ACTIVE ASSET MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
The Company invests in a number of 
operating businesses, including Angel 
Trains, BeNEX and digital infrastructure 
businesses (together accounting for 12% of 
the portfolio by investment fair value). 
The Investment Adviser holds a board 
position on each of these operating 
businesses and it is through these 
positions that the Company engages in 
the governance of these investments. This 
engagement includes seeking to ensure 
effective risk management and driving 
the overall financial, operational and ESG 
performance of its investments.
ANGEL TRAINS
Angel Trains has an asset base of over 
4,000 vehicles, making it the UK’s largest 
rolling stock leasing company (‘ROSCO’). 
It is one of the three original ROSCOs 
established in 1994 in preparation for the 
privatisation of British Rail. During the 
year to 31 December 2024, Angel Trains 
continued to perform well with its trains on 
lease to TOCs across the UK as planned. 
In November 2024, the UK’s new Labour 
government passed the Passenger Railway 
Services (Public Ownership) Act 2024, 
REGULATED INVESTMENTS CONTINUED
COUNTERPARTY RISK
Counterparty risk exists to some extent 
across all investments; however, the risk 
is required to be more carefully monitored 
when considered in relation to PPPs, which 
have a long-term fixed-price contract 
with a facilities management provider. 
The Company has a diverse exposure to 
service providers across its portfolio and the 
Investment Adviser’s asset management 
team ensures counterparty risk is actively 
managed and mitigated. 
the legislation required to deliver on its 
manifesto commitment to bring operating 
services into the public sector. It remains its 
intention to establish Great British Railways 
to oversee the rail sector. In December 
2024, the Secretary of State for Transport 
reaffirmed that there are “no plans to 
change the way rolling stock is leased” and 
the recent developments are not expected 
to have a material impact on Angel Trains.
Angel Trains was awarded the Global 
Real Estate Sustainability Benchmark’s 
(‘GRESB’) highest rating of five stars for 
2024, achieving a score of 99/100. The 
assessment measures ESG performance 
and the result demonstrates Angel Trains’ 
continued commitment to sustainability. 
BeNEX
BeNEX is an investor in both rolling 
stock and TOCs which operate regional 
passenger rail franchises across Germany 
under contract with numerous German 
federal states. Approximately 123m 
passengers were safely transported 
and more than 728 stops served during 
2024, demonstrating the BeNEX Group’s 
significant contribution to a sustainable and 
environmentally friendly mobility in Germany.
The “Deutschlandticket”, a subsidised 
monthly regional public transportation ticket 
introduced in 2023 for an initial period of 
two years, has continued its success across 
Germany and the government and federal 
states have since agreed to extend its 
availability until at least early 2026. Greater 
use of regional trains should, among other 
things, help to reduce emissions as well as 
provide greater opportunities for BeNEX 
going forward.
During the second half of the year, BeNEX 
successfully acquired Abellio’s regional rail 
operations in Germany which principally 
comprise two TOCs generating mostly 
availability-based revenues. The associated 
c.£15m investment was considered 
significantly more attractive, over the 
medium to long-term, relative to the 
opportunity to engage in a share buyback. 
This acquisition has resulted in BeNEX 
becoming one of the largest passenger rail 
operators in Germany by service volume 
with services across 14 of the 16 German 
states providing a total of c.65m train km of 
transportation services per annum. Further 
information on BeNEX can be seen in the 
case study on pages 16 to 17.
DIGITAL INFRASTRUCTURE
Following the sale, through the Amber-
managed National Digital Infrastructure 
Fund (‘NDIF’), of its interests in 
NextGenAccess (divested in 2022) and 
Airband (divested in 2023), the Company 
has interests in two remaining digital assets, 
toob and Community Fibre.
As previously reported, the Company 
committed to invest a further c.£13m into 
toob, alongside additional capital from its 
co-investors in the Amber-managed NDIF, 
throughout 2024 and 2025. This further 
investment is part of a wider potential 
£300m of additional funding raised by 
toob, which should enable it to reach 
over 600,000 premises. During 2024, 
INPP invested c.£7.8m of its c.£13m 
commitment, helping toob to grow its 
network to cover c.280,000 premises across 
Southampton and other towns in the South 
of England, and achieve the significant 
milestone of connecting 75,000 customers, 
which demonstrates the attractiveness of 
the toob product and proposition.
Community Fibre continues to make strong 
progress and has now passed c.1.4m 
homes with fibre and has over 330,000 
customers. Community Fibre remains 
London’s largest 100% full fibre broadband 
provider. 
PROJECTS UNDER CONSTRUCTION
The Company has a strong track record of delivering construction projects safely, on time, to budget and to a high-quality by understanding 
the project environment and the potential issues that may occur. It works closely with the contractors, technical advisers and management 
companies, where applicable, throughout the construction period in order to mitigate risk and ensure the assets can perform as expected 
and create value for both investors and communities.
During the year, construction works completed on the Flinders University HMRB and, in June 2024, Flinders University’s Vice-Chancellor 
Professor Colin Stirling was joined by Prime Minister Anthony Albanese and South Australian Premier Peter Malinauskas to officially open the 
building.
The Company had the following two projects under construction as at 31 December 2024: 
Tideway is building the 25km ‘super 
sewer’ below the River Thames to 
help reduce sewage pollution in the 
river and ensure London’s wastewater 
system can meet the demands of a 
growing population and evolving urban 
environment.
Location 
Construction completion date 
2025
Defects completion date 
2028
% of investment at fair value 
at 31 December 2024 
15.0%
TIDEWAY
Progress update: Major 
construction works completed 
during the year and the super 
sewer was fully connected in 
February 2025. Commissioning is 
currently scheduled for completion 
in the second half of 2025. More 
information on Tideway’s progress 
can be seen on page 27.
The project extends the existing Gold 
Coast Light Rail network a further 6.7km 
south from Broadbeach to Burleigh 
Heads. It will include eight new stations, 
five additional light rail trams, new 
bus and light rail connections, and an 
upgrade of existing depot and stabling 
facilities.
Location 
Construction completion date 
2026
Defects completion date 
2027
% of investment at fair value 
at 31 December 2024 
0.0%
GOLD COAST LIGHT RAIL – STAGE 3
Progress update: The depot 
expansion was completed in 
December 2023 and is now 
operational. The remaining 
construction works are in progress 
and remain on schedule for 
completion in 2026.
water and wastewater companies from April 
2025 to March 2030. As Tideway’s licence 
provides it with no equivalent price control 
review until 2030, Ofwat’s announcement 
has no direct impact on Tideway.
As part of Tideway’s planned transition 
following the completion of major 
construction works, Sir Neville Simms 
stepped down as the independent chair 
in September 2024 and was succeeded 
OPERATING BUSINESSES
by independent non-executive director, 
Michael Queen. Richard Morse stepped 
down as deputy chair and chair of the 
audit and finance committee in June 2024, 
and was succeeded by independent 
non-executive director Baroness Ruby 
McGregor-Smith.
Tideway continues to monitor 
developments in relation to the well-
publicised financial position of Thames 
Water. The matter is not expected to 
have a material impact on the Company’s 
investment in Tideway. Whilst Thames 
Water has a licence obligation to pass 
revenues to Tideway, statutory and 
regulatory protections are afforded to 
Tideway which are designed to mitigate the 
risk of disruption to the receipt of revenues 
and would continue to apply should 
Thames Water’s status change.
Corporate Governance
Financial Statements
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
28
29
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Strategic Report
Overview

OPERATING REVIEW CONTINUED
            EFFICIENT FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
The Company aims to manage its finances efficiently in order to provide financial flexibility whilst minimising levels of unutilised cash 
holdings. This is achieved through actively monitoring cash held and generated from operations, ensuring cash covered dividends 
and managed levels of corporate costs, and is supported by appropriate hedging strategies and prudent use of the Company’s CDF. 
DIVIDENDS
– During the year, the Company paid dividends of £156.8m (2023: £151.6m)
– Cash dividends were fully covered: 1.1 times (2023: 1.1 times) by the Company’s net
operating cash flows before capital activity* (excluding cash from realisation activity).
Some movement in the level of coverage from period to period can be expected due
to the profile of projected distribution receipts from the portfolio over time, and are not
necessarily a reflection of changes in the level of asset performance
OPERATIONAL PERFORMANCE
– Cash receipts from the investment portfolio were £359.9m in the year (2023: £307.1m).
This amount includes cash received from realisation activity in the year of £151.8m
– Profit before tax of £0.5m was reported (2023: £28.0m). The movement in profit in the
year is principally reflective of the unrealised fair value movements of the investment
portfolio in the period. Further information is available on page 93
– The Company’s cash balance as at 31 December 2024 was £76.5m, held to service
ongoing costs, share buybacks and upcoming dividend payments (31 December 2023:
£128.6m)
– £107.8m was invested during the year (2023: £108.1m). This includes both previously
committed investments as well as new investments, as detailed on pages 18 to 19 and
note 12 of the financial statements
– The cash drawings under the Company’s CDF were fully repaid in 2024 and the CDF
remains undrawn (with £13.5m committed by way of letters of credit). In August 2024,
the Company reduced the size of the CDF from £350m to £250m. The reduction
demonstrates the disciplined approach to cost management while enabling the Company
to maintain the flexibility for opportunities as they may arise
– The current CDF remains in place until June 2025, after which a renewed facility will take
effect. The new facility is expected to have broadly the same terms and structure as the
current facility
– Net financing costs paid were £3.2m (2023: £7.8m), reflecting the level of utilisation of
the Company’s CDF during the year
– In January 2024, the Company commenced a share buyback programme. As at
31 December 2024, the Company had bought back £42.9m in shares. To date,
c.£55m of shares having been acquired, generating 0.5p per share of NAV accretion
– The Company intends to increase the quantum of capital being returned to shareholders
by a further £140m, from the current programme of up to £60m to a programme of up
to £200m, over the period to 31 March 2026. It is intended that the return of capital will
be funded by a combination of divestments and surplus operating cash flow generated.
While it is expected that the programme may be delivered through share buybacks, other
forms of capital returns may also be considered. See the Chair’s Letter on pages 4 to 7
for further information
ONGOING CHARGES
– Corporate costs were managed effectively during the year allowing Ongoing Charges to
remain competitive at 1.14% (2023: 1.17%)
PERFORMANCE AGAINST 
STRATEGIC KPIs
1.1x
Dividends fully cash covered
(2023: 1.1x)
1.14%
Ongoing Charges Ratio1
(2023: 1.17%)
£0.5m
Profit before tax
(2023: £28.0m)
SUMMARY OF CASH FLOWS
Summary of Consolidated Cash Flow
Year to  
31 December 
2024  
£m
Year to  
31 December 
2023  
£m
Opening cash balance
128.6
92.8
Cash from investments
359.9
307.1
Corporate costs 
(34.6)
(35.8)
Net financing costs
(3.2)
(7.8)
Net operating cash flows before capital activity1
322.1
263.5
Cost of new investments
(107.8)
(108.1)
Investment transaction costs
(1.5)
(3.7)
Working capital advanced
(0.2)
-
Net movement of CDF
(65.0)
35.7
Dividends paid
(156.8)
(151.6)
Share buyback
(42.9)
-
Closing cash balance
76.5
128.6
Cash dividend cover (total)
2.1x
1.7x
Cash dividend cover (excluding cash from realisation activity)2
1.1x
1.1x
1	 Net operating cash flows before capital activity as disclosed above of c.£322.1m (2023: £263.5m) include net repayments from investments at fair value through profit or loss of c.£359.9m 
(2023: c.£307.1m), and finance costs paid of c.£3.2m (2023: c.£7.8m) and exclude investment transaction costs of c.£1.5m (2023: c.£3.7m) when compared to net cash inflows from operations 
of c.£141.0m (2023: c.£133.3m) as disclosed in the consolidated cash flow statement on page 93 of the financial statements. Cash from investments of £359.9m contained within net operating 
cash flows before capital activity reflects the cash distributions received from the investment portfolio. When compared to this, net repayments from investments at fair value through profit or loss 
of c.£182.4m as presented in the cash flow statement on page 93 excludes certain forms of receipts such as those in the form of dividends or interest, which on an IFRS basis are classified as 
part of other lines of the statutory cash flow statement.
2	 Cash of c.£151.8m was received during the year (2023: £101.9m) relating to realisation activity.
ONGOING CHARGES RATIO
Ongoing Charges Ratio
Year to  
31 December 
2024  
£m
Year to  
31 December 
2023  
£m
Annualised Ongoing Charges1
(32.2)
(34.7)
Average NAV2
2,824.7
2,974.0
Ongoing Charges Ratio
(1.14%)
(1.17%)
The following annualised expenses are used in the calculation of the Ongoing Charges ratio.
Corporate Costs
Year to  
31 December 
2024  
£m
Year to  
31 December 
2023  
£m
Management fees
(29.3)
(31.8)
Administrative fees 
(2.4)
(2.4)
Directors’ fees
(0.5)
(0.5)
Total annualised Ongoing Charges1
(32.2)
(34.7)
1	 The Ongoing Charges Ratio is prepared in accordance with the AIC recommended methodology, noting this excludes non-recurring costs. The basis of the calculation has been updated in 
the year taking expenses on an annualised accruals basis (previously presented on an annualised cash expense basis). To capture the recurring expenditure of the Company, advisory fees 
have been calculated using the prevailing GAV position, as the underlying calculation mechanism results in a lag in terms of fees charged compared with the reported GAV. Comparatives 
have been adjusted to be presented on a consistent basis. 
2	 Average of published NAVs for the relevant period.
1	 The Ongoing Charges Ratio is prepared in accordance with the Association of Investment Companies’ (‘AIC’) recommended methodology, noting this excludes non-recurring costs. The 
basis of the calculation has been updated in the year taking expenses on an annualised accruals basis (previously presented on an annualised cash expense basis). To capture the recurring 
expenditure of the Company, advisory fees have been calculated using the prevailing GAV position, as the underlying calculation mechanism results in a lag in terms of fees charged 
compared with the reported GAV. Comparatives have been adjusted to be presented on a consistent basis.
Corporate Governance
Financial Statements
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
30
31
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Strategic Report
Overview

OPERATING REVIEW CONTINUED
            INVESTOR RETURNS
The Company aims to provide its investors with stable, long-term, inflation-linked returns, based on growing dividends and the potential for 
capital appreciation. 
TSR* AND NAV TOTAL RETURN
The Company’s annualised TSR since IPO to 31 December 2024 was 6.1% (31 December 2023: 6.8%). The total return based on the NAV 
appreciation plus dividends paid since IPO to 31 December 2024 is 7.0% (31 December 2023: 7.4%) on an annualised basis. In March 
2024, the Board published a dynamic target return framework to better enable stakeholders to understand how it assesses the relative 
attractiveness of new investment opportunities. This framework demonstrates how the Board considers the impact of prevailing market and 
macroeconomic conditions at the point in time at which investment decisions are made. Under this framework, the target return for any new 
investment is informed by several factors including: (i) the Company’s share price relative to its NAV, (ii) the Company’s weighted average 
discount rate, and (iii) any pertinent economic or strategic considerations.
1	 Calculated by running a ‘plus 1.0%’ inflation sensitivity for each investment and solving each investment’s discount rate to return the original valuation. The inflation-linked return is the 
increase in the weighted average discount rate. 
2	 Future profit projection and dividends cannot be guaranteed. Projections are based on current estimates and may vary in future.
3	 This is reflective of the 2025 and 2026 dividend targets, and 2.5% annual dividend growth thereafter.
4	 The 31 December 2024 dividend is the second and final dividend in respect of 2024 and is expected to be paid in June 2025. This will be the final dividend paid on a six-monthly basis. 
Following this, dividends will be paid quarterly, commencing with the first of four interim dividends for the financial year 2025 in September 2025. 
PERFORMANCE AGAINST 
STRATEGIC KPIs
0.7% p.a.
Inflation-linked returns 
on a portfolio basis1
(31 December 2023: 0.7%)
3.0%
Annual dividend increase achieved
(31 December 2023: 5.0%)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
INPP DIVIDEND GROWTH
Pence per share
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2024
2026
2025
2023
5.25
5.40
5.55
5.70
5.85
6.00
6.15
6.30
6.45
6.65
6.82
7.00
7.18
7.36
7.55
8.13
7.74
8.37
8.58
8.79
  Actual
  Forecast
+5.0%
growth in
2023
+3.0%
growth in
2024
c.2.5%
growth from 
2025 onwards
+c.2.5%
consistent annual 
growth YoY
SHARE PRICE PERFORMANCE
The Company has historically exhibited relatively low levels of correlation with the market. The correlation with the FTSE All-Share Index 
was 0.4 over the 12 months to 31 December 2024 (31 December 2023: 0.4). The sharp rise in government bond yields, particularly UK Gilt 
yields, over the past year had a significant impact on the listed investment trust sector share prices, including the Company. Higher yields 
have placed downward pressure on share prices across the sector, contributing to the Company’s shares continuing to trade at a discount 
to NAV during the year.
The Board and the Investment Adviser continue to believe that the current share price materially undervalues the Company. Although 
the drivers of the share price are principally exogenous factors unrelated to the performance of the Company’s assets, we recognise the 
importance of taking action to support narrowing of the discount and restore value for our shareholders. The need and scope for such action 
has been reinforced through the direct and valuable engagement with shareholders during the year, whose feedback continues to shape 
our approach. Our actions, to date, have been guided by our previously published capital allocation policy and the Board is implementing a 
further package of measures, which it believes will further the strengthen the Company’s position in the current environment and ensure it is 
well-positioned for the longer-term. Further information can be found in the Chair’s Letter on pages 4 to 7.
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
-20
-40
-60
Source:  Bloomberg
Jun 07
Dec 07
Jun 08
Dec 08
Jun 10
Dec 10
Jun 09
Dec 09
Jun 13
Dec 13
Jun 12
Dec 12
Jun 11
Dec 11
Jun 14
Dec 14
Jun 15
Dec 15
Jun 16
Dec 16
Jun 17
Dec 17
Jun 18
Dec 18
Jun 19
Dec 19
Jun 20
Dec 20
Jun 21
Dec 21
Jun 22
Jun 23
Dec 22
Jun 24
Dec 24
Dec 23
Dec 06
SHARE PRICE PERFORMANCE
(% change)
  INPP
  FTSE 250
  FTSE All-share
INPP NAV
INFLATION-LINKAGE 
In an environment where investors are focused on achieving long-term real rates of return 
on their investments, inflation protection is an important consideration for the Company. 
At 31 December 2024, the majority of assets in the portfolio had a significant degree of 
inflation-linkage. In aggregate, the weighted average return of the portfolio (before fund-level 
costs) would be expected to increase by 0.7% per annum in response to a 1.0% per annum 
increase in all of the assumed inflation rates (31 December 2023: 0.7%).
DIVIDEND GROWTH
The Board has previously announced an increased 2024 dividend target of 8.37p per 
share2 reflecting growth of 3.0% compared to the 2023 dividend. The Board has declared 
a dividend of 4.19p per share in respect of the six months to 31 December 2024 and this is 
expected to be paid in June 2025. From 2025 onwards, the Board is forecasting to continue 
its long-term projected annual dividend growth rate of c.2.5% such that the 2025 and 2026 
annual dividend targets are 8.58p per share and 8.79p per share respectively2. The target 
dividend growth rates are determined by taking into account the Company’s ambitions to 
sustainably grow dividends over the long term whilst providing full dividend cash coverage. 
The Company reconfirms that the projected cash receipts from the Company’s portfolio 
are such that even if no further investments are made, the Company currently expects to 
be able to continue to meet its existing progressive dividend policy3 for at least the next 
20 years.
As previously reported, the Company intends to increase the frequency of its dividend 
payments, from semi-annually to quarterly, in order to provide investors with a more regular 
income stream. The first interim dividend will be announced in July 2025 and is expected to 
be paid in September 20254.
Corporate Governance
Financial Statements
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
32
33
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Strategic Report
Overview

2300
2400
2500
2600
2700
2800
2900
3000
3100
3200
NET ASSET VALUE MOVEMENTS
(£ million)
2,916.1
(42.9)
(7.7)
181.8
2,716.6
(167.0)
31.4
(156.8)
(38.3)
Share
Buyback
NAV at 
31 December 
2023
Change in 
Government 
Bond Yields
Change in 
Investment 
Risk Premia
INPP
Shareholder
Distribution
Change in
Foreign
Exchange
Rates1
Change in
Macroeconomic 
Assumptions
NAV
Return2
NAV at
31 December
2024
2,300
2,400
2,500
2,600
2,700
2,800
2,900
3,000
INVESTMENTS AT FAIR VALUE MOVEMENTS
(£ million)
Investment
Distributions
Investments
Portfolio 
Return1
Rebased
Investments
at Fair Value
Investments at
Fair Value at
31 December
2023
Investments at
Fair Value at
31 December
2024
Change in 
Discount
Rates
Change in 
FX Rates
Change in 
Macroeconomic
Assumptions
2,818.9
107.8
(359.9)
2,566.8
212.7
(135.6)
2,593.1
(43.1)
(7.7)
OPERATING REVIEW CONTINUED
INVESTOR RETURNS CONTINUED
The Company commenced 
its share buyback programme 
in January 2024. While there 
was a negative impact of 
£42.9m on the NAV, the 
buyback programme had a 
positive impact on the NAV 
per share.
Short-term inflation assumptions 
have been revised to reflect the 
current environment, whilst the 
Company’s long-term inflation 
assumptions remain largely 
unchanged with the exception of a 
modest adjustment to the UK CPIH. 
Further details of these changes can 
be seen on page 37 and in aggregate 
these had a negative £7.7m impact 
on the NAV.
Over the year, Sterling 
weakened against the US 
Dollar but strengthened against 
the Company’s other foreign 
currency exposures, including 
the Australian Dollar, New 
Zealand Dollar, Euro, Canadian 
Dollar, and Danish Krone. 
After accounting for changes 
in the value of forward foreign 
exchange contracts, the net 
impact on the NAV was  
negative £38.3m.
The yields on the government bonds 
used as part of the valuation process 
increased, predominantly in the last six 
months of the period in consideration, 
resulting in a £167.0m reduction in the 
NAV.
1	 Foreign exchange rate impact is presented net of hedging.
2	 The NAV return represents amongst other things, (i) variances in both realised and forecast investment cash flows, (ii) the unwinding of the discount factor applied to those future investment 
cash flows, and (iii) changes in the Company’s net assets. 
Among other factors, the NAV return of £181.8m reflects the impact of:
– The unwinding of the discount rate;
– Variances in actual macroeconomic factors compared to previous 
assumptions;
– Updates to operating assumptions based on current cash flow 
forecasts;
– Distributions received above forecast levels due to active portfolio 
management;
– Changes in the Company’s working capital position.
VALUATIONS 
NAV MOVEMENTS 
The negative impact of the increase in 
government bond yields was partially offset 
by a reduction in the investment risk premia to 
ensure that the valuations continue to reflect 
recent market-based evidence of pricing for 
infrastructure investments.
An increase of £107.8m due 
to new investments made 
during the year. 
During the year, Sterling weakened 
against the US Dollar but strengthened 
against the remaining foreign currencies 
the Company was exposed to during 
the period (Australian Dollar, New 
Zealand Dollar, Euro, Canadian Dollar 
and the Danish Krone).
The rebased investments at fair value 
of £2,566.8m is presented to allow an 
assessment of the Portfolio Return, 
assuming that the investments, 
divestments and distributions 
occurred at the start of the relevant 
period. 
The Portfolio Return of £212.7m 
captures broadly the same items as 
the NAV Return (set out in detail on 
page 34), with the principal exception 
being the fund-level operating 
costs and portfolio working capital 
movements. 
INVESTMENTS AT FAIR VALUE MOVEMENTS
1	 The Portfolio Return represents, amongst other things, (i) variances in both realised and forecast investment cash flows and (ii) the unwinding of the discount factor applied to those 
future investment cash flows. 
Short-term inflation assumptions have been revised to reflect the 
current environment, whilst the Company’s long-term inflation 
assumptions remain largely unchanged with the exception of a 
modest adjustment to the UK CPIH. Further details of these changes 
can be seen on page 37 and in aggregate these had a negative 
£7.7m impact on the NAV.
A decrease of £359.9m due to 
distributions paid out from the portfolio 
during the year. This amount includes 
proceeds from divestments amounting 
to £151.8m.
A reduction of £135.6m due to 
movements in discount rates applied 
to the portfolio valuations, driven by 
movements in government bond yields 
was partially offset by a reduction in the 
investment risk premia. 
In line with forward guidance provided 
previously, cash dividends of 4.07p 
and 4.18p per share were paid to the 
Company’s shareholders during the year, 
in relation to the six-month periods ending 
31 December 2023 and 30 June 2024 
respectively, totalling £156.8m.
Corporate Governance
Financial Statements
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
34
35
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Strategic Report
Overview

OPERATING REVIEW CONTINUED
INVESTOR RETURNS CONTINUED
PROJECTED INVESTMENT RECEIPTS AND NAV
The Company’s investments are generally expected to continue to deliver predictable distributions to the Company, owing to the 
principally contracted or regulated nature of their underlying cash flows. As the Company has a high degree of visibility over the forecast 
cash flows of its current investments, the chart below sets out the Company’s forecast investment receipts from its current portfolio before 
fund-level costs1.
The majority of the forecast investment receipts are in the form of dividends or interest and principal payments from equity or subordinated 
debt investments respectively. The Company’s portfolio comprises both investments with finite lives (determined by concession or licence 
terms) and perpetual investments that may be held for a much longer term. Over the term of investments with finite lives, the Company’s 
receipts from these investments include a return of capital as well as income, and the fair values of such investments are expected to 
reduce to zero over time.
In response to feedback from investors, the Board has sought to enhance the disclosure regarding the Company’s projected cash 
flows and potential projected NAV. As set out in the chart below, the projected investment receipts from the current portfolio1 have been 
grouped into those originating from PPP projects, regulated investments and operating businesses. The line in the chart below is an 
illustration of how the NAV of the Company may evolve over time based on the current portfolio with other things being equal. The portfolio 
continues to be actively managed and, as a result, there will likely be future acquisitions and disposals made as part of the Board’s capital 
allocation decisions, which will change the projected cash flows and NAV. Other factors, including but not limited to, changes to the 
dividend policy, investment valuations, and the macroeconomic environment, may also influence the future cash flows and NAV.
The Board’s intention is that the provision of this information will provide shareholders with a clearer understanding of both the source of 
the Company’s projected investment receipts1 as well as projected returns that may be available to investors over various time horizons. 
Please note that projected returns cannot be guaranteed.
MACROECONOMIC ASSUMPTIONS
The key macroeconomic assumptions used as the basis for deriving the Company’s investment valuations are summarised in the table 
below, with further information provided in note 11 of the financial statements.
The Company reviews its macroeconomic assumptions on a regular basis. As part of the 31 December 2024 valuation process, these 
assumptions have been adjusted to reflect observed movements in the markets of the countries where the Company holds investments. 
This includes changes to short-term inflation rates and maintaining the long-term UK Consumer Price Index (‘CPI’), including owner-occupied 
housing costs (‘CPIH’) assumption. Additionally, foreign exchange rates have been updated to reflect spot rates as at the valuation date.
Macroeconomic assumptions
31 December 2024
31 December 2023
Inflation rates
UK
RPI: 3.25% until Dec 2025,
3.00% until Dec 2026,
 2.75% thereafter1
CPIH: 2.25%
RPI: 4.50% until Dec 2024,
3.00% until Dec 2025,
2.75 thereafter1
CPIH: 3.25% until Dec 2024,
2.25% until Dec 2025,
2.00% thereafter
Australia 
2.75% until Dec 2025
2.50% thereafter
3.25% until Dec 2024,
3.00% until Dec 2025,
2.50% thereafter
New Zealand
2.25%
2.75% until Dec 2024,
2.25% thereafter
Europe
2.25% until Dec 2026,
2.00% thereafter
3.00% until Dec 2024,
2.25% until Dec 2025,
2.00% thereafter
Canada
2.25% until Dec 2026,
2.00% thereafter
2.75% until Dec 2024,
2.25% until Dec 2025,
2.00% thereafter
US2
N/A
N/A
Long-term deposit rates3
UK
2.50%
2.50%
Australia 
2.75%
2.75%
New Zealand
2.50%
2.50%
Europe
1.50%
1.50%
Canada
2.50%
2.50%
US2
N/A
N/A
Foreign exchange rates
GBP/AUD
2.02
1.87
GBP/NZD
2.23
2.01
GBP/DKK
9.00
8.60
GBP/EUR 
1.21
1.15
GBP/CAD
1.80
1.69
GBP/USD
1.25
1.27
Tax rates4
UK
25.00%
25.00%
Australia 
30.00%
30.00%
New Zealand
28.00%
28.00%
Europe
Various (12.50% – 32.28%)
Various (12.50% – 32.28%)
Canada
Various (23.00% – 26.50%)
Various (23.00% – 26.50%)
US2
N/A
N/A
1	 Where insufficient protections exist within project agreements or through regulatory precedent, Retail Price Index (‘RPI’) is assumed to align with CPIH post-2030.
2	 The Company’s US investment is in the form of subordinated debt and therefore not directly impacted by inflation rate, deposit rate or tax rate assumptions. 
3	 Actual current deposit rates being achieved are assumed to be maintained until 31 December 2026 before adjusting to the long-term rates noted in the table above from 1 January 2027. 
The 31 December 2023 valuation adjusted to the longer-term assumption from 1 January 2026.
4	 Tax rates reflect those substantively enacted as at the valuation date or those that could reasonably be expected to be substantively enacted shortly after the valuation date.
1	 This chart covers the period to 2055 only. The projected cash flows are based on the portfolio as at 31 December 2024, before fund-level costs, and include the projected cash flows 
from the Company’s existing investment commitments. The projected NAV is an illustration of how the NAV of the Company may evolve over time based on the portfolio as at 31 
December 2024 with other things being equal. This chart is not intended to provide any future profit forecast or dividend projections as neither can be guaranteed. These projections 
are not a reliable indicator of future results. The market price of the shares in the Company may fluctuate independently of the NAV and the shares in the Company may trade at a 
discount or premium to the NAV. 
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
Investment Receipts (£m)
NAV (£m)
PROJECTED INVESTMENT RECEIPTS AND NAV¹ 
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2040
  PPP
Projected NAV
  Operating
Regulated
0
500
1,000
1,500
2,000
2,500
3,000
3,500
Corporate Governance
Financial Statements
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
36
37
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Strategic Report
Overview

OPERATING REVIEW CONTINUED
INVESTOR RETURNS CONTINUED
DISCOUNT RATES
The discount rate used to value each investment comprises the appropriate long-term government bond yield plus an investment-specific 
risk premium which reflects the risks and opportunities associated with that particular investment and is designed to ensure that the resulting 
valuation reflects prevailing market conditions.
While long-term demand for high-quality infrastructure assets and businesses remains undeniable, the current shift away from a low interest 
rate cycle is driving asset repricing, leading to higher investment risk premiums and lower portfolio valuations. The Company’s perspective on 
investment risk premiums is shaped by ongoing asset recycling activities and insights from active market transactions. A significant decline 
in transaction volumes compared to previous periods reflects softer market conditions, underscoring the need for caution when selecting the 
discount rate, with a preference for the prudent end of the spectrum.
The Company and its Investment Adviser continue to believe that the discount at which the Company’s shares trade relative to NAV materially 
undervalues the Company. For further information on the actions the Company is taking, please see the Chair’s Letter on pages 4 to 7.
The weighted average discount rate is presented in the table below.
31 December 
2024
31 December 
2023
Movement
Weighted average government bond yield
4.4%
3.7%
0.7%
Weighted average risk premium
4.6%
4.7%
(0.1%)
Weighted average discount rate 
9.0%
8.4%
0.6%
The approximate discount rate ranges used to determine the valuations of the investments which fall into each of the three sub-sectors, PPP 
projects, regulated investments and operating businesses, are set out below.
31 December 2024
31 December 2023
PPPs1 
8.0% – 10.0%
7.0% – 10.0%
Regulated investments 
9.0% – 10.5%
7.5% – 9.0%
Operating businesses 
9.0% – 15.0%
8.5% – 15.0%
1	 Gold Cost Light Rail – Stage 3, which is forecast to complete construction in 2026, is not included in the range on the basis that the Company’s investment has not yet been made in full.
The Company is aware that there are differences in approach to the valuation of investments among similar listed infrastructure funds. In 
the Company’s view, comparisons of discount rates between different listed infrastructure funds are only meaningful if there is a comparable 
level of confidence in the quality of forecast cash flows (i.e. assumptions are homogenous); the risk and return characteristics of different 
investment portfolios are understood; and allowance is made for differences in the quality of asset management employed to manage risk 
and deliver returns. Any focus on average discount rates without an assessment of these and other factors would be incomplete and could 
therefore lead to misleading conclusions.
VALUATION SENSITIVITIES 
Sensitivity analysis is provided as an indication of the potential impact of these assumptions on the NAV per share on the unlikely basis that 
the changes occur uniformly across the remaining life of the portfolio. The movement in each assumption could be higher or lower than 
presented. Further, forecasting the impact of these assumptions on the NAV in isolation cannot be relied on as an accurate guide to the 
future performance of the Company as many other factors and variables will combine to determine what actual future returns are available. 
These sensitivities should therefore be used only for general guidance and not as an accurate prediction of outcomes. Further details can be 
found in note 11.5 of the financial statements.
ESTIMATED IMPACT OF CHANGES IN KEY VARIABLES TO 31 DECEMBER 2024 BASED ON NAV OF 144.7 PENCE PER SHARE
 
-18.0
-12.0
-6.0
Pence per share
0.0
6.0
12.0
18.0
-12.1
14.4
-10.3
11.4
-3.8
3.8
-1.2
1.2
-0.9
0.9
-0.7
0.6
Lifecycle +/-10%
Tax rates +/-1%
Deposit rates +/-1%
Foreign exchange +/-10%
Inflation +/-1%
Discount rates +/-1%
 + Change
 – Change
DISCOUNT RATES 
The chart above indicates the sensitivity of the NAV per share to 
uniform changes to the discount rates applied to the forecast cash 
flows from each individual investment.
INFLATION
The impact of inflation on the value of each investment depends 
upon the extent to which the revenues and costs of that particular 
investment are linked to an inflation index. On a portfolio basis, there 
is a positive correlation to inflation with a 1.00% sustained increase 
in the assumed inflation rates projected to generate a 0.7% increase 
in returns (31 December 2023: 0.7%). The returns generated by the 
Company’s non-UK investments are typically linked to the relevant 
CPI for that jurisdiction whilst the Company’s UK investments are 
typically linked to variations of the RPI or the CPIH.
In anticipation of the UK Government’s previously announced 
intention to align the RPI to the CPIH from 2030 onwards, the 
inflation assumption used for UK investments which are currently 
linked to the RPI and do not benefit from protective contractual 
agreements or regulatory precedents, was previously adjusted to 
align with the Company’s CPIH assumption from 2030. For the 
avoidance of doubt, the impact of this approach on the NAV is 
negligible. Furthermore, the inflation sensitivities by geographical 
region are provided in note 11.5 of the financial statements.
FOREIGN EXCHANGE
The Company has a geographically diverse portfolio and forecast 
cash flows from investments are subject to foreign exchange rate 
risk in relation to Australian Dollars, Canadian Dollars, Danish Krone, 
Euros, New Zealand Dollars and US Dollars. The Company seeks to 
mitigate the impact of foreign exchange rate changes on near-term 
cash flows by entering into forward contracts, but the Company 
does not hedge exposure to foreign exchange rate risk on long-term 
cash flows. The impact of a 10% increase or decrease in these rates 
is provided for illustration.
DEPOSIT RATES
The long-term weighted average deposit rate assumption across 
the portfolio is 2.35% per annum. While operating cash balances 
tend to be low given the structured nature of the investments, 
project finance structures typically include reserve accounts to 
mitigate certain costs and therefore variations to deposit rates may 
impact valuations. The impact of a 1.00% increase or decrease in 
these rates is provided for illustration.
TAX RATES
Post-tax investment cash inflows are impacted by tax rates 
across all relevant jurisdictions. The impact of a 1.00% increase or 
decrease in these rates is provided for illustration. Other potential 
tax changes are not covered by this scenario.
LIFECYCLE SPEND
There is a process of renewal required to keep physical assets fit 
for use and the proportion of total cost that represents this ‘lifecycle 
spend’ will depend on the nature of the asset.
PPPs will typically need to ensure that the assets are kept at the 
standard required of them under agreements with relevant public 
sector counterparties. To enhance the certainty around cash 
flows, the majority of the Company’s PPP investments, and all of 
the Company’s OFTO investments, are currently structured such 
that lifecycle cost risk is taken by a subcontractor for a fixed price 
(isolating equity investors from such downside risk). As a result, the 
impact of changes to the forecast lifecycle costs for the Company’s 
PPP investments is relatively small.
The Company’s investments in rolling stock leasing or operating 
businesses, or businesses providing digital infrastructure, are 
also distinct from PPPs which have fixed revenue streams from 
which they need to pay lifecycle costs. These businesses will still 
expect to incur lifecycle costs but will typically aim to recover any 
changes in lifecycle costs over time through the prices they charge 
their end-users.
Tideway and Cadent are treated differently due to the protections 
offered by the regulatory regimes under which they operate. 
Regulated assets have their revenues determined for a known 
regulatory period and each settlement includes revenue sufficient 
to allow the owner to undertake the efficient lifecycle management 
of its assets due in that regulatory period. It is common practice 
to employ reputable subcontractors to undertake lifecycle work 
under contracts which include incentive and penalty regimes aligned 
with the businesses’ regulatory targets. This approach ensures 
an alignment of interest and helps to mitigate the risk of increased 
lifecycle costs falling on the equity investor. Accordingly, no lifecycle 
sensitivity has been run in respect of the Company’s investments in 
Tideway and Cadent.
The impact of a 10% increase or decrease in the lifecycle costs 
incurred by the Company’s PPPs, OFTOs, rolling stock leasing or 
operating businesses is provided for illustration.
By order of the Board
MIKE GERRARD 
CHAIR
26 March 2025
STEPHANIE COXON 
DIRECTOR
26 March 2025
Corporate Governance
Financial Statements
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
38
39
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Strategic Report
Overview

RESPONSIBLE INVESTMENT
            RESPONSIBLE INVESTMENT
MESSAGE FROM THE ESG 
COMMITTEE CHAIR
Following my appointment as the 
Company’s ESG Committee Chair in June 
2024, I am pleased to report the Company’s 
continued positive sustainability-related 
performance during the year. 
We continued to work with our public sector 
clients to support the delivery of essential 
public services and to meet broader 
environmental and social objectives, across 
the geographies and sectors in which the 
Company invests. 
Through the Company’s investment into 
Moray East OFTO, the OFTO portfolio is 
now capable of powering an estimated 
3.7m homes. In addition, rail investments 
delivered in excess of 243m passenger 
journeys during the year, which will 
significantly increase going forward, 
following BeNEX’s successful acquisition of 
Abellio Germany.
Since the Company’s introduction of a 
new set of ESG KPIs in the 2024 Annual 
Report and Sustainability Report, the 
Investment Adviser has been working with 
the management teams of our investments 
to create and implement initiatives to drive 
performance. Whilst the target date for the 
KPIs is 2030, we aim to make meaningful 
progress against each KPI on an annual 
basis, which is highlighted below and 
detailed in our latest Sustainability Report. 
As a Company built on partnerships, we 
continuously engage with key stakeholders 
from our public sector partners, our 
investors and supply chains. During the 
year, we met with a number of investors 
to discuss pertinent sustainability topics, 
including the FCA’s UK Sustainability 
Disclosures Requirements (‘SDR’) and 
net zero. We were also pleased to have 
supported University College London 
(‘UCL’) with a Department for Energy 
Security and Net Zero (‘DESNZ’) sponsored 
project to develop The National Building 
Database for energy performance to aid 
policy decision-making.
The Company has disclosed a selection of 
data within this Annual Report for reference, 
but would encourage shareholders to 
review its latest Sustainability Report 
which provides greater detail around our 
approach to responsible investment as well 
as further information on the following areas 
of development during the year:
NET ZERO 
Making progress against the two net zero 
KPIs has been a focus during the year. 
The Investment Adviser has worked with 
several of our investments to fully baseline 
their activities and to identify and implement 
initiatives to meet the Net Zero Investment 
Framework (‘NZIF’) criteria where possible. 
For example, the Investment Adviser has 
worked with Transmission Capital Services 
(‘TCS’) who manage the Company’s OFTO 
assets, to establish a net zero policy for the 
portfolio and to analyse and set a near-
term decarbonisation target aligned with a 
science-based net zero pathway. 
MERIEL LENFESTEY
CHAIR, ESG COMMITTEE
Through the Investment Adviser’s 
engagement activities, the Company 
has made progress against its net zero 
KPIs during the first year following their 
implementation, which can be seen in the 
INPP ESG KPI section below and in section 
4.4 of the Sustainability Report.
GOVERNANCE
In addition to its net zero KPIs, the 
Company introduced a number of other 
portfolio-level KPIs in March 2024, 
which included developments around its 
good governance requirements for its 
investment companies. 
During the year, the Investment Adviser has 
strengthened the definitions and approach 
for its ESG Governance KPI, including a 
list of best-practice recommendations for 
the key governance topics. The Investment 
Adviser conducted a deep-dive review of 
cyber security governance of its portfolio 
companies, comparing their policies and 
processes against a set of best-practice 
criteria. This review helped the Company to 
understand current cyber security practices 
across the investment portfolio and provides 
a basis for tracking progress going forward. 
REGULATORY ALIGNMENT 
AND DISCLOSURES
As a Guernsey-incorporated company and 
a non-FCA authorised entity, the Company 
is currently out of the scope of the UK’s 
recently introduced SDR and investment 
labels rules. However, the Company sees 
the FCA’s SDR as a key step to enable UK 
investors to have better confidence with 
respect to the sustainability characteristics 
of the Company. 
Following engagement with a number 
of its investors, the Company has opted 
to voluntarily disclose, under the SDR, 
as a product that has sustainability 
characteristics but does not use any of the 
sustainability investment labels. Accordingly, 
INPP has made available certain disclosures 
in accordance with chapters 5.2 and 5.3 of 
the FCA’s ESG Sourcebook, which can be 
found on the Company’s website.
This year the Company’s ESG data 
collection and quantification process 
was selected as part of the Company’s 
annual controls review process, and an 
independent third-party was commissioned 
to undertake this review. The findings 
from the review concluded that the 
controls in place are appropriate for 
providing stakeholders with accurate ESG 
information, and certain best-practice areas 
for improvement were recommended, which 
the Company will consider implementing for 
future periods. 
NEXT STEPS
As we progress this work, the interests of 
all our stakeholders will remain at the core 
of our decision-making and our overall 
approach to stewardship. I and my fellow 
directors thank the Investment Adviser for 
their ongoing commitment to sustainability 
and we look forward to further engaging 
with investors on this important topic.
MERIEL LENFESTEY 
CHAIR, ESG COMMITTEE 
26 March 2025
Corporate Governance
Financial Statements
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
40
41
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Strategic Report
Overview

APPROACH TO RESPONSIBLE INVESTMENT DISCLOSURES
As stated above, the Company believes its investments have positive environmental and social characteristics, as per its categorisation 
as an Article 8 Financial Product (‘FP’). The following data has been collected to enable the Company to better assess and monitor its 
environmental and social impacts and identify associated risks and opportunities. It is intended that this data will assist the Company’s 
shareholders to meet their own regulatory requirements. For more detail on the Company’s approach to responsible investment, please refer 
to the latest edition of the Company’s Sustainability Report. Please refer to pages 118 to 127 for the Company’s SFDR periodic report to 
meet its reporting requirements under Article 11 of the SFDR.
APPLICATION OF SUSTAINABILITY FRAMEWORKS 
Part of the process for data selection involves using international sustainability frameworks and reporting standards as a guidance. There are 
several frameworks with which the Company aligns partially (i.e. we use the framework as a starting point from which to develop accounting 
practices) or fully (i.e. we fully comply with the framework requirements). These are summarised below.
The SFDR requires financial 
market participants (‘FMPs’) 
that market an FP into an 
EU state to comply with the 
disclosure of ESG-related 
information. As the Company 
qualifies as an internally 
managed Alternative 
Investment Fund (‘AIF’) 
pursuant to the Alternative 
Investment Fund Managers 
Directive (‘AIFMD’), it is an 
FMP for the purposes of 
SFDR. By marketing itself to 
EU countries, the Company 
is deemed to be marketing 
an FP, given that it is itself an 
AIF. Therefore, INPP meets 
the two-pronged test of the 
SFDR. Please refer to the 
Annex of this Report for the 
Company’s second periodic 
disclosure.
SFDR
The Company’s financed 
emissions have been 
quantified in accordance with 
the Partnership for Carbon 
Accounting Financials 
(‘PCAF’) Financed Emissions 
Standard1, which aligns with 
GHG disclosures set out in 
the SFDR Principal Adverse 
Impacts (‘PAIs’) as well as 
the TCFD’s recommended 
metrics for asset managers. 
This includes the disclosure 
of investments-level Scope 1 
and 2 emissions and material 
Scope 3 emissions2. 
PARTNERSHIP FOR CARBON 
ACCOUNTING FINANCIALS 
SDR
The Company has opted to voluntarily disclose under the SDR as a product that has sustainability characteristics but does not use any of the 
sustainability investment labels. Accordingly, INPP has made available certain disclosures in accordance with chapters 5.2 and 5.3 of the FCA’s 
ESG Sourcebook, which can be found on the Company’s website.
OTHER ESG FRAMEWORKS 
In addition, the Company will continue to monitor other recently implemented and developing ESG frameworks closely, including the scope 
and applicability of the International Financial Reporting Standards Foundation’s International Sustainability Standards Board (‘ISSB’) in 
their aim of establishing global sustainability disclosure standards and the Taskforce on Nature-related Financial Disclosures (‘TNFD’). The 
Company aims to align its disclosures with ESG frameworks on a voluntary basis if it will enhance the quality of its reporting and provide 
stakeholders with valuable information.
The Company is aware of 
the transitional and physical 
impacts of climate change 
on the resilience of our 
business. As a closed-ended 
investment company, the 
Company is not required to 
comply with LR 9.8.6R(8) 
and, therefore, is not required 
to issue a statement of 
compliance with TCFD. 
However, the Company 
has continued to voluntarily 
report in line with TCFD, 
with a summary included 
on pages 48 to 49 and the 
detailed reporting included 
in the Company’s latest 
Sustainability Report. By 
endorsing and aligning its 
practices with the TCFD 
recommendations, the 
Company has crystallised 
its understanding and 
disclosure of climate-related 
risks and opportunities. 
The Company’s TCFD 
implementation is integrated 
into the Company’s 
strategy, risk management, 
governance practices and 
reporting.
TCFD 
The Company supports the 
2030 Agenda for Sustainable 
Development adopted by the 
UN Member States in 2015. 
Alignment with the SDGs is 
a key part of the Company’s 
approach to ESG integration 
and it contributes towards 
the SDGs in two main ways: 
the positive environmental 
and social characteristics 
of its investments and its 
approach to active asset 
management. For more 
information regarding the 
Company’s Investment 
Adviser’s work with the 
SDGs, see Section 1 of 
the Company’s latest 
Sustainability Report.
SDGs
1	 PCAF (2022). The Global GHG Accounting 
and Reporting Standard Part A: Financed 
Emissions. Second Edition.
2	 Data coverage: 97% of portfolio based 
on fair value as at 31 December 2024.
RESPONSIBLE INVESTMENT CONTINUED
Image: Sylvester Primary School, New Zealand
Corporate Governance
Financial Statements
43
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Strategic Report
Overview
42
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024

4 Quality Education 16%
3 Good Health and Well-Being 4%
6 Clean Water & Sanitation 15%
7 Affordable & Clean Energy 19%
11 Sustainable Cities & Communities 23%
9 Industry, Innovation and Infrastructure 19%
16 Peace, Justice and Strong Institutions 4%
RESPONSIBLE INVESTMENT CONTINUED
RESPONSIBLE INVESTMENT CONTINUED
CONTRIBUTION TO THE SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT GOALS
The Company draws on the SDGs to demonstrate the positive environmental and social characteristics of its investments. This page 
highlights the primary SDGs that are supported by the Company’s investments, alongside alignment of the full portfolio by fair value. 
Please refer to Section 1 of the Sustainability Report for more information on the Company’s approach to SDG alignment.
The chart below shows the alignment of the Company’s portfolio with the core SDGs described above, by investments at fair value as at 
31 December 2024.
>615,000
Patients treated in healthcare facilities 
developed and managed by the Company
>181,000
Students attending schools developed and 
maintained by the Company
37,000,000m3
The three components of the London Tideway 
Improvements will work conjunctively to 
reduce discharges in a typical year by c.37m 
cubic metres
c.3.7million
Estimated equivalent number of homes 
capable of being powered by renewable 
energy transmitted through our 
OFTO investments 
>11,000
Jobs supported across all investments
>243million
Annual passenger journeys through rail 
transport investments
INPP ESG KPIs
The Company established a number of new KPIs in March 2024, including Pathway to Net Zero, EU Taxonomy, Environmental, Social, 
Climate risk and Governance KPIs. This suite of KPIs enables the Company to monitor performance across key environmental, social, and 
governance aspects, and provide stakeholders with valuable insights into the ongoing progression of its sustainability approach.
Throughout the year, the Investment Adviser engaged with investments to set out the requirements in relation to the Company’s new KPIs 
and to begin developing plans for driving performance. The two new Pathway to Net Zero KPIs has been a particular focus, given the scale 
and complexity of transitioning to net zero. 
For the 2024 Principles for Responsible Investment (‘PRI’) assessment, the Company’s Investment Adviser received the highest rating for 
the fourth assessment in a row, receiving five-stars for both the Investment and Stewardship Policy and the Infrastructure modules.
Further information on the progress made against these KPIs in the period can be found in section 2.4 of the Company’s latest 
Sustainability Report.
ESG KPIs
Target
31 December 20241
31 December 20231
1.
Contribution to Sustainable Development Goals
Positive SDG contribution for new investments
100%
100%
100%
2.
Investment Adviser ESG integration performance
Investment Adviser PRI score
5*
5*
5*
3.
Governance
3.1	Investments that have policies and processes in line with
UN Global Compact Principles2
100%
100%
100%
3.2 Implementation of INPP minimum Governance policies and procedures 
on: Conflicts of Interest; Financial Crime Mitigation; Diversity and inclusion; 
cybersecurity and Whistleblowing2
100%
100%
100%
4.
Pathway to net zero
4.1	In-scope investments that are net zero, aligned to net zero or aligning to
net zero by 20302, 3
100% 
92%
N/A5
4.2 Remaining investments that are ‘net zero ready’ by 20302, 4
100%
28%
N/A5
5.
Social
5.1	Investments that have undergone a biennial, independent Health and Safety
(‘H&S’) audit2
100%
89%
86%
5.2	Investments with initiatives that aim to improve H&S performance2
100%
100%
100%
5.3	Operating companies that transparently disclose delivery of diversity, equality, 
and inclusion (‘DEI’) policies6
100%
61%
52%
6.
Environmental performance
6.1	Investments with an environmental management system2
100%
100%
99%
6.2	Investments with initiatives that aim to improve the environmental
performance of the monitored Principal Adverse Impact indicators (‘PAIs’)2
100%
100%
99%
7.
Climate risk
Investments with initiatives aimed at mitigating climate risks2
100%
81%
79%
8.
Pathway to EU Taxonomy alignment
Investments eligible for EU Taxonomy alignment that pass the EU Taxonomy
Do No Significant Harm (‘DNSH’) and Minimum Safeguards criteria7
100%
89%
83%
1	 All ESG KPIs, with the exception of Investment Adviser PRI score, are weighted by fair value of investments and rounded to the nearest whole number.
2	 KPIs apply to all investments where the Company has a majority equity investment, or a minority equity holding over £2m.
3	 As of 31 December 2024, 32% of the portfolio based on fair value falls under the KPI 4.1 criteria for NZIF infrastructure. Alignment with NZIF criteria determined by the ability of the Company 
to meet NZIF alignment criteria. 
4	 As of 31 December 2024, 68% of the portfolio based on fair value falls under the KPI 4.2 criteria for Net Zero Ready KPI. Alignment with Net Zero Ready KPI is determined by INPP 
requirement to work with third-party stakeholders to meet NZIF Alignment Criteria. 
5	 2024 is the baseline year.
6	 Applies to operating companies within the portfolio. This includes Cadent, Tideway, BeNEX, OFTOs, Gold Coast Light Rail, Reliance Rail, Angel Trains, Community Fibre and toob.
7	 Applies to investments eligible under EU Taxonomy Regulation (Regulation (EU) 2020/852). As at 31 December 2024, 54% of the portfolio is eligible and 48% is aligned with the 
EU Taxonomy.
8	 Please see the SFDR Periodic Disclosure for formal EU Taxonomy alignment KPIs.
Corporate Governance
Financial Statements
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
44
45
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Strategic Report
Overview

RESPONSIBLE INVESTMENT CONTINUED
RESPONSIBLE INVESTMENT CONTINUED
FINANCED GHG EMISSIONS
SUSTAINABLE FINANCE DISCLOSURE REGULATION 
APPROACH
As part of its focus on aligning investments with the objectives of the 
Paris Agreement, the Company seeks to monitor GHG emissions 
across its portfolio and support decarbonisation initiatives, 
where possible. The Company actively manages all investments, 
supported by its Investment Adviser. The degree to which the 
Company can influence its financed emissions varies according to 
investment type. 
For the Company’s PPP investments, some operating businesses 
and regulated investments, the Investment Adviser’s asset 
management team supports at an operational level and aims to 
ensure that GHG emissions are monitored. 
Where the Company is a minority shareholder or for senior debt 
investments, the Company typically has less influence over 
operational activities, and in some cases may not have access to 
GHG or activity data. However, consideration of GHG impacts and 
data availability are incorporated in the screening and due diligence 
phase for every new investment.
Quantifying the financed emissions of the investment portfolio 
is important for the Company to help support investment-level 
1	 https://www.internationalpublicpartnerships.com/news-media/press-releases/2021/placing-open-offer-and-offer-for-subscription-and-publication-of-prospectus-and-circular.
2	 https://www.internationalpublicpartnerships.com/media/2629/amber-sfdr-website-disclosures.pdf. 
EU TAXONOMY
The Company is not in scope of the EU Taxonomy regulation. Equally, investee companies fall outside of EU Taxonomy regulation, either by 
location or threshold. Under its current Article 8 categorisation, the Company has not set a minimum proportion for sustainable investments. 
However, we recognise the potential benefit Taxonomy disclosures could provide to the Company’s investors. As such, the Company has 
estimated its portfolio alignment with the six environmental objectives of the EU Taxonomy. For more information, please refer to Section 4.5 
of the Company’s latest Sustainability Report.
SUSTAINABILITY INDICATORS
The Company tracks sustainability indicators of its investments to ensure that it meets the environmental and social characteristics it 
promotes. These disclosures cover the majority of the Company’s investment portfolio and align with the definitions of the 14 core indicators 
listed in Annex 1 of the Delegated Regulation (EU) 2022/1288 (the ‘Delegated Act’), consisting of nine environmental indicators and five 
social indicators. For more information, please refer to Section 4 of the Company’s latest Sustainability Report.
Sustainability indicator
Metric
Unit
31 December 
20241
31 December 
2023
Investment 
GHG  
emissions
Scope 1 GHG emissions
tCO2e
33,389
35,584
Scope 2 GHG emissions
tCO2e
11,681
11,039
Scope 3 GHG emissions
tCO2e
29,193
32,157
Total GHG emissions
tCO2e
74,263
78,780
Carbon footprint
tCO2e/£m invested
38
39
GHG intensity of investee companies
tCO2e/£m revenue
211
238
Share of investments in companies active in the fossil fuel sector
%
16%
16%
Share of non-renewable energy consumption and non-renewable energy 
production of investee companies from non-renewable energy sources 
compared to renewable energy sources, expressed as a percentage of 
total energy sources2
%
94%
94%
Energy consumption intensity per high impact climate sector: electricity, 
gas, steam and air conditioning supply
GWh/£m
0.49
0.52
Energy consumption intensity per high impact climate sector: 
transportation and storage
GWh/£m 
0.23
0.26
Energy consumption intensity per high impact climate sector: construction
GWh/£m
0.007
0.003
Biodiversity
Share of investments in investee companies with sites/operations located 
in or near to biodiversity-sensitive areas where activities of those investee 
companies negatively affect those areas
%
0%
0%
Water
Tonnes of emissions to water generated by investee companies per 
million GBP invested, expressed as a weighted average
Tonnes/£m
0
0
Waste
Tonnes of hazardous waste and radioactive waste generated by investee 
companies per million GBP invested, expressed as a weighted average
Tonnes/£m
0.13
0.08
Social and  
employee  
matters
Share of investments in investee companies that have been involved in 
violations of the UN Global Compact (‘UNGC’) principles or Organisation 
for Economic Co-operation and Development (‘OECD’) Guidelines for 
Multinational Enterprises
%
0%
0%
Share of investments in investee companies without policies to 
monitor compliance with the UNGC principles or OECD Guidelines for 
Multinational Enterprises or grievance/complaints handling mechanisms 
to address violations of the UNGC principles or OECD Guidelines for 
Multinational Enterprises
%
0%
0%
Average unadjusted gender pay gap of investee companies
%
17%
21%
Average ratio of female to male board members in investee companies, 
expressed as a percentage of all board members
%
15%
14%
Share of investments in investee companies involved in the manufacture 
or selling of controversial weapons
%
0%
0%
1	 Sustainability indicators cover 97% of the portfolio. Where the Company is missing data, it will work with co-investors to obtain data over time, with a preference to avoid estimating impacts.
2 	 There are no energy generation assets within the portfolio; this data is energy consumption only.
decarbonisation initiatives and to better understand its climate-
related transition risks.
The Company has self-assessed the data quality of its financed 
emissions, in line with the PCAF approach, and has quantified a 
weighted data quality score of 1.6 (1.7 in 2023) for its investment-level 
Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions (High Quality = 1 Low Quality = 5). 
PORTFOLIO EMISSIONS
As described on the following page, the Company has applied 
the PCAF guidance to calculate its total attributed GHG emissions 
(the Company’s Scope 3 category 15 investment emissions). This 
includes the Scope 1, 2 and material scope emissions of each 
investment, attributed to the Company based on its proportional 
share of the equity and debt in each investment. 
The carbon footprint metric aligns with PCAF’s ‘economic 
emission intensity’ and is the Company’s total attributed emissions 
normalised by the total equity and debt the Company invests 
across the portfolio. For the GHG intensity of investments metric 
the Company has applied the TCFD recommended approach for 
calculating a Weighted Average Carbon Intensity (‘WACI’). 
INPP SCOPE 3 FINANCED EMISSIONS INDICATOR
Scope
31 December
2024
31 December
2023
Total attributed GHG emissions (tCO2e)
Scope 1 of investments
33,389
35,584
Scope 2 of investments
11,681
11,039
Scope 3 of investments
29,193
32,157
Total Scope 1 and 2
45,070
46,623
Total Scope 1, 2 and 3
74,263
78,780
Carbon footprint (tCO2e/£m invested)
Total Scope 1 and 2
23
23
Total Scope 1, 2 and 3
38
39
GHG intensity of investments (tCO2e/£m revenue)
Total Scope 1 and 2
130
141
Total Scope 1, 2 and 3
211
238
REDUCTION INITIATIVES
Whilst the Company’s level of control can vary significantly between investment types, it seeks to encourage GHG emissions reduction 
initiatives wherever possible. For examples of GHG reduction initiatives implemented across the portfolio during 2024, please refer to 
Section 4.3 of the latest Sustainability Report.
APPROACH
The Company satisfies the threshold criteria set out in the SFDR and, therefore, has obligations under the SFDR. As part of these requirements, 
the Company has categorised itself as an Article 8 FP which promotes, among other characteristics, environmental and social characteristics. 
Through its investments in infrastructure that supports society, the Company promotes environmental and social characteristics but does not 
have sustainable investment as its objective and does not invest in sustainable investments, as defined under the SFDR.
This categorisation was communicated in the Company’s prospectus, published in April 20221. In addition, the Company has also published 
a website disclosure in accordance with the Level 1 requirements of the SFDR regulation2. 
Corporate Governance
Financial Statements
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
46
47
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Strategic Report
Overview

RESPONSIBLE INVESTMENT CONTINUED
RESPONSIBLE INVESTMENT CONTINUED
Recommended disclosure
Summary
Section
Governance
a) Describe the Board’s
oversight of climate-related
risks and opportunities.
The Board sets the strategy for the Company and makes decisions on changes to 
the portfolio (including approval of acquisitions, disposals and valuations). Through 
Board committees and the advice of external independent advisers, it manages the 
governance and risks of the Company. The Board has overall responsibility for ESG 
considerations, including climate change, and ensuring they are integrated into the 
Company’s investment strategy. This is achieved through the Company’s Audit and 
Risk Committee, Investment Committee, Management Engagement Committee and 
ESG Committee. 
Sustainability 
Report 
Section 4.7
b) Describe management’s
role in assessing and
managing climate-related
risks and opportunities.
The Company’s Investment Adviser is responsible for implementing the Company’s 
ESG policies into its activities on a day-to-day basis. This includes the integration of 
ESG considerations through investment origination and ongoing management of the 
Company’s Investments. The Board and the Investment Adviser meet on a quarterly 
basis, during which they review the risks facing the Company, including risks related 
to climate change. Sustainability considerations, including climate change, are also 
included as regular topics for discussion at the Company’s annual strategy meetings. 
Sustainability 
Report 
Section 4.7
Strategy
a) Describe the climate-
related risks and
opportunities the
organisation has identified
over the short, medium
and long-term.
The Company’s investments are exposed to physical and transitional climate change 
risks. However, the Company has a high degree of protection due to the contracted 
or regulated nature of its investments.
Flood, tropical cyclone, extreme wind and heat are the most important hazards for 
the Company’s existing portfolio. Other hazards could affect particular assets, but 
do not pose a widespread risk. Equally, the changes arising from a transition to a 
low-carbon economy have the potential to be wide-ranging, including changes to 
laws and regulations, adapting to the decarbonisation of heat, increased electrification 
of transportation and other systems previously dependent on fossil fuels, and 
decarbonisation of construction. 
A transition to a low-carbon economy will continue to present infrastructure 
investment opportunities that will be required if governments around the world are 
to meet their legally binding commitments. As such, the Company is well placed to 
benefit from the transition to net zero as well as manage risks associated with it.
Sustainability 
Report
Section 4.7
b) Describe the impact of
climate-related risks and
opportunities on the
organisation’s businesses,
strategy and financial
planning.
A large portion of the Company’s investments are availability-type assets where the 
cash flows are based on making the assets available in a pre-agreed manner. The 
cash flows from such investments are largely insulated from changes to the physical 
risks of climate change and the net zero transition.
Sustainability 
Report 
Section 4.7
c) Describe the resilience of
the organisation’s strategy,
taking into consideration
different climate-related
scenarios, including a
2°C or lower scenario.
The portfolio-level findings of the climate change impact assessment, including 
scenario analysis, demonstrate that the Company’s strategy is resilient to both 
physical and transition risks associated with climate change. The Company believes 
it is well placed to benefit from the transition to net zero, as infrastructure will play a 
leading role in decarbonising the global economy.
Sustainability 
Report 
Section 4.7
TCFD
Recommended disclosure
Summary
Section
Risk
a) Describe the organisation’s
processes for identifying
and assessing climate-
related risks.
The Board recognises the importance of identifying and actively monitoring the 
risk facing the business. The Company considers climate risk in line with its risk 
management framework for identifying, evaluating and managing significant risks 
faced by the Company. 
Sustainability 
Report 
Section 4.7
b) Describe the organisation’s
processes for managing
climate-related risks.
A robust assessment of principal and emerging risks facing the Company is 
performed. Each identified risk is assessed in terms of probability of occurrence, 
potential impact on financial performance and any movements in the relative 
significance of each risk between periods. The assessments build on the wealth of 
knowledge acquired by the Company and Investment Adviser through both bidding 
and asset management phases, with risk assessments carried out to quantify and 
assess risks. The Company has developed a series of risk management actions to 
reduce financial risks across the portfolio.
Sustainability 
Report 
Section 4.7
c) Describe how processes
for identifying, assessing
and managing climate-
related risks are integrated
into the organisation’s
overall risk management.
The Company’s approach to risk management is implemented through the following 
risk control processes: Risk Identification, Risk Assessment, Mitigation Plan, Risk 
Monitoring, Reporting and Reassessment.
Sustainability 
Report 
Section 4.7
Metrics
a) Disclose the metrics used
by the organisation to
assess climate-related
risks and opportunities in
line with its strategy and
risk management process.
The Company takes a holistic view to determining climate risks and opportunities at 
the investment level. Whilst the Company is supportive of monitoring and reporting 
emissions data, it also recognises that they do not always directly correlate with 
financial risks to the Company. However, the quantification of the financed emissions 
of the investment portfolio is important for the Company to help support its public 
sector clients with investment-level decarbonisation initiatives. The Company has 
quantified its Scope 3 emissions (i.e. the combined Scope 1, 2 and material Scope 3 
emissions of its investments), as per SFDR and PCAF guidelines. Through scenario 
analysis conducted in 2022, the Company is continuing to explore options to embed 
physical risk metrics across its risk management processes and will embed climate-
related risks and opportunities in line with its strategy. The Company also tracks a KPI 
aimed at monitoring the initiatives implemented by investments to mitigate climate risks.
Sustainability 
Report 
Sections 4.3 
and 4.7
b) Disclose Scope 1,
Scope 2 and, if
appropriate, Scope 3
GHG emissions, and
the related risks.
Due to the nature of its business, the Company has no Scope 1 or Scope 2 
greenhouse gas emissions. As part of its focus on aligning investments with the 
objectives of the Paris Agreement, the Company monitors its Scope 3 investment 
emissions (financed emissions) across its portfolio and supports decarbonisation 
initiatives, where possible.
Sustainability 
Report 
Sections 4.3 
and 4.7
c) Describe the targets used
by the organisation to
manage climate-related
risks and opportunities
and performance against
targets.
Through the investments that it makes, the Company is helping to support the shift 
to net zero in the markets where it invests. This includes infrastructure that directly 
enables net zero, such as the Company’s offshore wind electricity transmission assets 
in the UK, or our passenger rail investments that provide low-carbon transport. 
The Company has established portfolio-level KPIs for tracking the progress of its 
investments on a pathway to net zero. These KPIs draw from the NZIF portfolio 
coverage criteria and consider the varying levels of control that the Company has over 
its investments, as well as the importance of collaboration with its public sector clients 
to achieve emissions reductions. 
Sustainability 
Report 
Sections 4.4 
and 4.7
Corporate Governance
Financial Statements
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
48
49
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Strategic Report
Overview

RESPONSIBLE INVESTMENT CONTINUED
RESPONSIBLE INVESTMENT CONTINUED
VALUE CREATION – HOW WE ENGAGE
The Company takes a proactive approach to identifying and 
engaging with key stakeholders to ensure there is clear two-way 
communication that can be used to support the mutual success 
of the Company and its stakeholders. Good governance is the 
cornerstone of these relationships, and the Company is focused on 
leading with high standards of business conduct. It achieves this 
through a combination of board engagement and oversight and 
leveraging the Investment Adviser’s expertise and networks. The 
Company believes robust stakeholder engagement is a critically 
important component to delivering its purpose over the long term 
and is considered at a strategic level by the Board, and ensuring all 
shareholders are treated fairly. The Board has promoted the success 
of the Company having regard to the requirements of Section 172 of 
the UK Companies Act 2006, as outlined opposite.
INVESTORS 
Delivering value
We aim to provide our investors with stable, long-term, 
inflation-linked returns, based on growing dividends and the 
potential for capital appreciation. Through engagement with all 
our investors, we aim to inform them of our strategic objectives 
and to ensure that the Company understands all views on 
topical issues. This approach is intended to maximise investor 
support of our current objectives and performance whilst also 
helping shape the Company’s future plans, ensuring that it 
stays well positioned in the current market environment.
The Board recognises the importance of taking action to 
support the narrowing of the discount to NAV and to restore 
value for our shareholders. The need and scope of such action 
has been reinforced through direct and valuable engagement 
with shareholders during the year, whose feedback continues 
to shape our approach.
An update on the initiatives taken to date, and the package of 
measures proposed for 2025 can be seen in the Chair’s Letter.
During the year, the Company continued its active engagement 
with investors and engaged with over 300 shareholders. 
The key mechanisms for the Company’s engagement with 
investors include:
	– Regular and timely updates on performance, including 
through the annual and half-yearly reporting cycle. This 
includes institutional and retail-focused webinars
	– The Company’s AGM
	– Periodic Investor Days
	– One-to-one meetings or calls with the Board’s Chair and 
other Directors
	– One-to-one meetings or calls with representatives from the 
Company’s Investment Adviser
	– Other Group engagement with representatives from the 
Company’s Investment Adviser 
	– The Company’s website
	– An annual video providing an overview of the Company 
The Company held a Capital Markets Day in February 2024. 
In addition, the Company held several one-to-one meetings 
throughout the year to discuss key topics, including the current 
market environment and investor requirements. In addition,  
a number of ESG-related discussions took place in relation  
to the UK SDR. 
COMMUNITIES 
Strengthening communities
We strive to make our investments an 
integral part of the communities they 
serve. Engaged communities can play 
an important role in successful delivery 
of new assets and their long-term 
operations. As part of our approach 
to active asset management, the 
Investment Adviser ensures critical 
services are delivered with a focus 
on the end-user, ensuring that the 
community is at the heart of all that 
we do. This approach is intended 
to help our communities thrive and 
create robust environments for our 
investments to flourish. 
The key mechanisms for community 
engagement include:
	– Active asset management providing 
facilities for community use
	– Local Education Partnership 
agreements
	– Supporting community initiatives
The Royal Children’s Hospital, 
Melbourne, supports access and 
family-centred care which is culturally 
and spiritually sensitive with the 
capacity to treat over 593,000 
patients per year. The project has 
won a number of awards due to its 
outstanding design and functionality. 
The success of the project, through 
both the delivery and operations 
phases, has delivered a world class 
hospital and end-user experience. 
The hospital is focused on providing 
patients with the best environment for 
their care, and it has exemplar facilities 
ranging from interactive science and 
technology exhibits, a cinema and 
even its own meerkat air enclosure.
KEY  
SUPPLIERS
An engaged supply chain
Our ambition is to work with a high-
quality, sustainable supply chain with 
a focus on long-term value for our 
stakeholders. The performance of our 
service providers, their employees, 
and investment supply chain is 
crucial for the long-term success of 
our business. The Company takes a 
progressive approach to engaging with 
key suppliers. A key component of this 
is ensuring our Investment Adviser is 
proactively maintaining an engaged 
supply chain for our investments. 
Examples of mechanisms for 
engagement with key suppliers include:
	– 	Annual Management Engagement 
Committee review
	– Ad-hoc engagement
	– 	Quarterly Board meetings and 
reporting 
	– Investment Adviser managing 
investment supply chain
During the second half of 2024, the 
installation of a 250 kWp roof-mounted 
solar photovoltaic (‘PV’) array was 
successfully completed at Ryburn 
Valley School, one of the Calderdale 
Schools. 
The works were designed by 
the Investment Adviser and the 
project company and the facilities 
management company (Mitie) and 
were delivered in-house by Mitie Group 
companies. The array is expected to 
generate an estimated 235,000 kWh 
of electricity for the school each year 
with an annual carbon reduction of 
49.5 tCO2e1.
PUBLIC SECTOR AND 
OTHER STAKEHOLDERS
A trusted partner
We aim to provide the public sector 
and other customers with a highly 
reliable, robust service through our 
investments. Our ability to deliver 
contracted services and maintain 
strong relationships with our clients 
through our Investment Adviser is 
vital for the long-term success of the 
business. Through close engagement 
with our clients, we aim to meet high 
levels of satisfaction and quickly 
respond to any potential issues and 
emerging challenges. 
The key mechanisms for engagement 
with our clients include:
	– Regular meetings (where possible in 
person and/or virtually) between the 
Investment Adviser and public sector 
clients, including local authorities 
and regulators
	– Active asset management, which 
provides monitoring of the facilities 
management arrangements on 
compliance with maintenance 
obligations
	– 	Asset managers directly engaging 
with the client on a day-to day basis
The Company’s Investment Adviser 
collaborated with University College 
London (‘UCL’) to support the 
DESNZ-sponsored project to develop 
The National Building Database. The 
Investment Adviser worked with UCL 
to identify which of the Company’s 
assets would provide the most 
valuable information for the project. 
Comprehensive energy audits were 
conducted at the selected assets 
within the education sector, providing 
a detailed picture of their energy 
performance. 
1	 Based on 2023 grid conversion factor.
Corporate Governance
Financial Statements
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
50
51
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Strategic Report
Overview

CONTINUOUS RISK MANAGEMENT 
            CONTINUOUS RISK MANAGEMENT
The Board is ultimately responsible for risk management. Oversight of the risk framework and management process is delegated 
to the Audit and Risk Committee. The risk framework has been designed to mitigate the risk of failure to meet business objectives. 
No system of control can provide absolute assurance against the incidence of risk, misstatement or loss. Regard is given to the 
materiality of relevant risks in designing systems of risk management and internal control.
BOARD
– Audit and Risk Committee
– Management Engagement Committee
– Investment Committee
– Nomination and Remuneration Committee
– Environmental, Social and Governance Committee
PRINCIPAL ADVISERS
– Investment Adviser and
Asset Manager
– Company Secretary
– Fund Administrator
– Legal Adviser
– Corporate Broker
– Corporate Bankers
RISK CONTROL LEVELS
– Service provider’s internal
controls
– Independent controls and
process reviews
– External audit
RISK MANAGEMENT
RISK FRAMEWORK AND MANAGEMENT PROCESS
The Company has in place a risk management framework. The Board recognises the importance of identifying and actively monitoring the 
risks facing the business. The framework involves an ongoing process for identifying, evaluating and managing significant risks faced by the 
Company which includes an assessment of longer-term and emerging risks. While responsibility for risk management ultimately rests with 
the Board, the aim is for the risk management framework to be embedded as part of the everyday operations and culture of the Company 
and its key advisers. 
The risk framework is applied holistically across the Company and, to the extent possible, to the underlying investment portfolio as illustrated 
in the Business Model on pages 10 to 11. The framework has been in place for the year under review and up to the date of approval of this 
Annual Report and financial statements.
Direct communication between the Company and its Investment Adviser’s in-house asset management team is a key element in the effective 
management of risks within the investment portfolio. 
The Board continues to monitor the need for an internal audit function but believes the controls and assurance processes applied at the key 
service providers, alongside the external controls process reviews performed annually, provide robust and sufficient assurance.
RISK IDENTIFICATION
– The Board, Audit and Risk Committee and the
Risk Sub-Committee identify risks with additional
input from the Company’s Investment Adviser and
the Administrator
– Key risks are identified at the investment approval
stage, where the investment papers include an
assessment of key risks as well as potential
mitigations. This reflects work performed at the
due diligence phase, incorporating input, where
relevant, from specialist advisers appointed to
support the investment process
– The Board receives detailed quarterly asset
management reports highlighting performance
and potential risk issues on an investment-by-
investment basis
– The Audit and Risk Committee has an open
dialogue with its advisers to assist with the
identification of emerging risks and assessment
of significant risks, to determine if any have arisen
between reporting periods
RISK ASSESSMENT
– Each identified risk is assessed in terms of
probability of occurrence, potential impact on
financial performance and any movements in the
relative significance of each risk between periods
– A robust assessment of principal and
emerging risks facing the Company is
performed. The assessments build on the
wealth of knowledge acquired by the Company
and Investment Adviser through both bidding
and asset management phases, with risk
assessments carried out to quantify and
assess risks
– Where risks might impact viability, these are
assessed further and the Viability Statement on
page 65 contains more information on this review
RISK MONITORING, REPORTING 
AND REASSESSMENT
– Risks are monitored and risk mitigation plans are
reassessed by the Audit and Risk Committee,
where applicable, with input from any relevant
key service providers, and reported to the
Board on a quarterly basis
– Annual external controls and process reviews
help ensure the robustness of control processes
– No significant failings or weaknesses were
identified in the review of controls during the year
MITIGATION PLAN
– For newly identified risks or existing risks with
increased likelihood or impact, the Audit and
Risk Committee provides oversight in terms of
developing an action plan to mitigate the risk
and, where relevant, enhanced monitoring and
reporting is put in place
The risk framework is implemented through the following risk control processes:
Corporate Governance
Financial Statements
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
52
53
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Strategic Report
Overview

CONTINUOUS RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
CONTINUOUS RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
DEVELOPMENTS IN THE YEAR IN RELATION 
TO PRINCIPAL AND EMERGING RISKS
UK REGULATORY REGIME ANNOUNCEMENTS
As at 31 December 2024, the Company was invested in Cadent, 
Tideway and 11 OFTOs, all of which are regulated by independent 
statutory economic regulators with different frameworks. These 
frameworks are designed to, amongst other things, protect the 
interests of consumers whilst ensuring that regulated companies 
can earn a reasonable return on their capital. Investments in 
regulated assets are considered long-term and therefore, investors 
typically look beyond any individual regulatory cycle. However, 
changes in the regulatory regimes have the potential to impact the 
returns of these regulated assets. Cadent is regulated by Ofgem, 
which has granted Cadent a licence to distribute gas across certain 
regions within the UK. Cadent’s licence provides it with five-yearly 
regulatory price reviews. During the year, Ofgem announced its 
Sector Specific Methodology Decision which sets out its decisions 
on the policy areas which will be used to determine the revenues 
that UK gas and electricity network companies are able to earn 
during the next price control period. The next price review period will 
run from April 2026 to March 2031. The terms of the announcement 
made by Ofgem were broadly consistent with the Company’s 
expectations. In December 2024, Cadent submitted its business 
plan in respect of the next price control period to Ofgem and 
expects to receive Ofgem’s draft and final determinations later in 
2025. Tideway is regulated by Ofwat, which has granted Tideway 
a licence to design, build, finance, commission and maintain a new 
25km ‘super sewer’ under the River Thames. Tideway’s licence 
provides it with a fixed allowed return until 2030, after which it will 
likely follow a similar five-yearly price review process to which water 
and wastewater companies are currently subject. In December 
2024, Ofwat published its final determinations for PR24 which set 
out the price controls for water and wastewater companies from 
April 2025 to March 2030. As Tideway’s licence provides it with no 
equivalent price control review until 2030, Ofwat’s announcement 
has no direct impact on Tideway, albeit elements of the review may 
indicate how Tideway will be regulated in the future.
The Company’s OFTO investments are regulated by Ofgem, which 
has granted those OFTOs a licence to transmit electricity generated 
by an offshore wind farm into the onshore grid. The licence provides 
for an availability-based revenue stream at a predetermined rate 
for a fixed period of time (typically 20-25 years). Please see more 
information on page 27. 
INFLATION 
Following successive interest rate rises by the Bank of England 
in the previous two years, 2024 has seen the Bank begin to 
lower interest rates but at a slower pace than many forecast. 
The consequences of the initial inflation shock and the ongoing 
relatively high interest rate environment continues to put strain 
UK households. We have seen sustained disruption in the market 
with ongoing large-scale industrial action across the UK economy, 
including rail, healthcare and education, as workers have sought to 
limit pay erosion and improve working conditions. Whilst inflation 
in the UK has seemingly stabilised volatility still exists, inflationary 
pressures still remain with the effects of the UK Government’s most 
recent budget filtering through the economy combined with the 
possibility of further external shocks.
The Company continues to monitor counterparty risk for any issues 
affecting its service providers in light of challenges faced by these 
businesses as a result of the current economic environment. The 
Investment Adviser, building on the experience gained following 
the liquidation of Carillion Plc and the administration of Interserve 
Plc, is well placed to respond to any issues arising from its service 
providers and has contingency plans in place to allow for a smooth 
transition of contracts to an alternative service provider if required. 
Please see further information on page 29.
INTEREST RATES
The high levels of interest rates and government bond yields, when 
compared to recent history, have the ability to impact the Company 
in a variety of ways including: the discount rates applied to 
forecasted cash flows, deposit rates affecting the amount of interest 
earned from cash held, and/or the cost of any new or replacement 
debt that needs to be procured.
 
Whilst historically, discount rates have not moved in lockstep with 
government bond yields and even though demand for infrastructure 
assets remains strong; discount rates have continued to see 
modest rises in the period. Increased cash flows resulting from 
higher inflation, foreign exchange gains derived from the weakening 
of Sterling, and greater interest earned from cash balances have 
played a mitigating role in offsetting any potential future discount 
rate valuation movements.
Due to the fixing or hedging of the vast majority of debt in the 
portfolio, increases in the cost of debt have a limited impact 
on current debt costs. Investments which do not have a pre-
determined concession term or licence period may contain an 
element of refinancing exposure. Revenues for regulated assets 
are frequently adjusted by the regulator to compensate for changes 
in the market cost of debt, and other businesses which operate 
in industries with high barriers to entry would typically expect to 
be able to pass on a majority of changes in their cost base to 
counterparties. 
INVESTOR SENTIMENT
The listed alternatives sector has continued to be impacted by the 
challenging macroeconomic environment. 
The impact is not unique to the infrastructure sector: almost all 
UK listed investment companies have remained under pressure as 
investors in the space have rotated out of alternatives and into now 
higher yielding debt causing a negative impact on share prices.
This has naturally caused a reduction in fundraising activity 
in comparison to previous years and reduced the number of 
acquisitions taking place. Instead, many investment companies have 
turned their focus from making new investments to divestments, 
and recycling the capital into share buybacks. In addition to capital 
allocation measures being implemented, given the environment, 
we have seen an increase in mergers and acquisitions across the 
sector. The economic situation remains volatile, and inflation is 
forecast to remain above the Bank of England’s target rate of 2% 
in the near term. Please see further information on pages 4 to 7 on 
how the Company is responding to the current market environment. 
The initiatives for 2025, described in the Chair’s letter, have been 
designed by the Board to deliver both short-term and longer-term 
value to investors, and so to enhance investor sentiment.
CLIMATE CHANGE
Climate change remains a key focus of the ESG Committee, 
ensuring that the Company continues to evolve its approach to 
considering both the risks and opportunities it presents. Climate 
change would most likely manifest itself through impact on physical 
assets (risk 4) and changes in climate-related regulation (risk 9). 
Climate change is therefore considered both as a current and 
emerging risk. Please see more information from page 56 in this 
Report and in the Company’s latest Sustainability Report.
GEOPOLITICAL EVENTS
Over the last decade, economies worldwide have been affected by 
repeated geopolitical disturbances including the Covid-19 pandemic, 
US-China trade destabilisation, the war in Ukraine and ongoing 
tensions and conflicts in the Middle East. Recent global elections 
have both brought changes to incumbent governments, the effects 
of which are still to filter through the domestic and worldwide 
economy and global trade policies. These events can cause 
significant volatility for markets which could impact the Company. 
In particular, the introduction of worldwide tariffs have the potential 
to disrupt supply chains and increase prices. The ongoing military 
conflicts have the potential to cause contagion bringing about further 
disruption and crises in the regions culminating in further division 
amongst political and economic blocs. There have been reports 
around Europe of suspected sabotage on infrastructure assets, 
including the Nord Stream pipelines in 2022, the Balticonnector in 
2023 and damage to undersea cables between Finland and Estonia 
in late 2024. Such events could lead to increased physical asset risk 
of the Company’s investments.
The Company continues to actively monitor these events to ensure 
that the portfolio of investments is protected, to the extent it can be, 
from the direct and indirect impacts of the conflicts. The Company 
does not hold any investments in the impacted regions, and we are 
not aware of any material direct implications for the Company or its 
portfolio.
EMERGING RISKS
Other than the risks described above, no new material emerging 
risks have been considered in these financial statements.
FURTHER INFORMATION
A description of broader risk factors relevant to investors is 
disclosed in the latest Company prospectus available on the 
website www.internationalpublicpartnerships.com. 
 
Corporate Governance
Financial Statements
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
54
55
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Strategic Report
Overview

RISK ASSESSMENT
Aggregate risk assessment
Central operations
Regulation & compliance
Macroeconomic
Portfolio operations
Political
Lower
Medium
ASSESSED RISK POSITION 
Higher
CONTINUOUS RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
CONTINUOUS RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
POLITICAL
1. POLITICAL POLICY
DESCRIPTION
MITIGATION
The businesses in which the Company invests are 
subject to potential changes in policy and legal 
requirements. All investments have a public sector 
infrastructure service aspect and are exposed to 
political scrutiny and the potential for adverse public 
sector or political criticism.
The majority of the Company’s existing investments benefit from long-term 
service and asset availability-based pricing contracts or regulatory frameworks 
and the countries in which the Company operates do not tend to have a 
tradition of penal retrospective legislation. Governments tend to be long-term 
supporters of infrastructure and similar investment and recognise the risk of 
deterring future investment in the event that penal or disproportionate steps 
are taken in respect of existing contractual engagements.
Change in Political Policy
Political policy and public financing decisions may 
adversely impact either existing investments, or 
the Company’s ability to source new investments 
at attractive prices or at all. This may impact the 
Company’s reputation.
Adverse changes to policies may directly, or indirectly, 
result from reputational developments seen across the 
wider sector.
Current global policy practice continues to support the use of private sector 
capital to finance public infrastructure, despite challenge from some political 
parties, particularly in the UK, around the role of the private sector in the 
provision of such services.
The Company seeks to maintain strong and positive relationships with its 
public sector clients and external stakeholders where possible.
Termination of Contracts
Contracts between public sector bodies and the 
Company’s investment entities may contain rights for 
the public sector to terminate contracts in specific 
situations. While the contracts typically provide for 
some compensation in such cases, this may be less 
than required to sustain the Company’s valuation. 
There have been instances of contracts being 
voluntarily terminated in the UK (although not affecting 
the Company).
As PPP service concessions approach expiry there is 
likely to be an increased-level public sector scrutiny 
over the “hand-back” of these assets.
The Company engages with its public sector clients in developing cost-
saving initiatives and seeks to act as a ‘good partner’, including a focus on 
the ESG aspects of its investments and engaging early in the “hand-back” 
process to ensure a smooth transition of services. None of the Company’s 
investments have been identified, by any government audit or public sector 
report, as poor value for money or not in the public interest.
The Investment Adviser is a signatory to the Code of Conduct for 
Operational PFI/PPP contracts in the UK. The Code sets out the basis on 
which public and private sector partners agree to work together to make 
savings in operational PPP contracts.
Compensation on termination clauses within such contracts serve to 
partially mitigate the risk of voluntary termination. Furthermore, in the current 
financial climate where voluntary termination leads to a requirement to pay 
compensation, such compensation is likely, in many cases, to represent an 
unattractive immediate call on the public finances for the public sector.
Nationalisation
Following the Labour Party’s UK General Election 
victory, nationalisation of infrastructure assets has 
become a topical agenda item with the announcement 
to bring train operating companies under government 
control. Ongoing longer-term political policy pressures 
arising as a consequence of Brexit in the UK or the 
Covid-19 pandemic more globally remain uncertain, 
so a residual possible risk of nationalisation remains 
over the medium-term.
The Company believes significant compensation would be required in order 
to enact this policy legitimately within existing contractual arrangements. 
Therefore, given the state of public finances, we maintain the view that the 
Company is defensively positioned in this regard.
PRINCIPAL RISKS 
This section provides a summary of the Board’s assessment of the Company’s principal risks. This is not intended to highlight all the 
potential risks to the business. There may be other risks that are currently unknown or regarded as less material, which could turn out to 
materially impact the performance of the Company, its assets, capital resources and reputation. Where the Company has applied mitigation 
processes, it is unlikely that the techniques applied will fully mitigate the risk.
The following key is used in the table below to highlight 
the Board’s view on movement of risk exposures during 
the year:
  Risk exposure has increased in the year
  Risk exposure has reduced in the year
No significant change in risk exposure since last reporting year
RISK ASSESSMENT 
AGGREGATE RISK ASSESSMENT
The Company’s identified risks have been mapped to the five different risk categories: political, portfolio operations, macroeconomic, 
regulation and compliance, and central operations.
The chart summarises the overall residual level of risk facing the Company, presenting a combined assessment which incorporates the 
potential impact arising from not only the Company’s principal risks, but from all of the Company’s other identified risks:
– Political risk incorporates risks arising from government policy and actions;
– Portfolio operations risk incorporates risks arising from asset operations and ongoing investment performance, including regulatory risk
impacting at asset level;
– Macroeconomic risk incorporates risks arising in the wider economy, including inflation and interest rates;
– Regulation and compliance risk incorporates risks arising from new laws and regulations applicable to the Company and its assets; and
– Central operations risk incorporates risks arising from the management of the portfolio.
The relative impact assessed to be arising from each risk has been combined to present a holistic position, giving stakeholders a more 
complete picture of the Company’s residual risk position. Those risks of the Company which are assessed to be the principal risks are 
separately identified, and further discussed overleaf.
Corporate Governance
Financial Statements
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
56
57
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Strategic Report
Overview

2. ASSET PERFORMANCE CONTINUED
PORTFOLIO OPERATIONS
2. ASSET PERFORMANCE
DESCRIPTION
MITIGATION
Construction
For the Company’s assets under construction, there is an 
element of construction risk that takes the form of cost 
overruns or delays which could impact on investment returns. 
The construction industry is still affected by geopolitical events, 
which contain potential consequential impacts on the Company. 
 
Contractual mechanisms allow for significant pass-down of 
construction cost overrun and delay risk to subcontractors and/
or consumers, subject to credit risk (see below). The Company’s 
investment in Tideway benefits from a government support 
mechanism which ultimately backstops investors’ downside 
risk in the event of a major construction cost overrun. Tideway’s 
major construction works were completed during 2024 and in 
February 2025, Tideway announced that the tunnel was fully 
connected, with the project on track to be fully complete (with 
testing complete) later this year.
Operational Performance
Assets in the portfolio have revenues which are based on the 
availability of the asset, as well as revenues not solely dependent 
on availability but with linkage to other factors, including demand 
risk or being subject to regulatory frameworks. 
The entitlement of the Company’s PPP and OFTO investments 
to receive revenues is generally dependent on underlying 
physical assets remaining available for use and continuing to 
meet certain performance standards. Failure to maintain assets 
available for use or operating in accordance with predetermined 
performance standards may result in a reduction in the income 
that the Company has projected to receive.
A number of investments in the portfolio are subject to 
regulatory regimes which are designed by the regulators to, 
among other things, protect the interests of consumers whilst 
ensuring that regulated companies are able to earn a reasonable 
return on their capital. Changes in the regulatory regimes 
have the potential to impact the returns of the Company’s two 
regulated assets.
A number of investments in the portfolio assume residual 
values which are expected to be received from the assets on 
completion of the project contract or at the end of the expected 
investment holding period. Amounts which are realised may be 
different from current assumptions.
 
The Board reviews the performance of each investment on a 
quarterly basis and historically has seen consistently high levels 
of asset availability.
For regulated assets, the regulatory regimes under which the 
assets operate provide a level of protection of cash flows for 
these assets.
Contractual mechanisms and underlying regulatory frameworks 
also allow for significant pass-down of unavailability and 
performance risk to subcontractors in many cases, subject to 
credit risk (see below).
In addition, investments in regulated assets are considered very 
long-term by the Company, beyond any individual regulatory 
cycle. This long-term view of such assets takes into account the 
robustness of yield as well as the potential for increases in the 
regulated asset base over time.
The Company, through its Investment Adviser, has sight of 
detailed business continuity plans of its counterparties designed 
to manage services in adverse circumstances. In addition, 
the Company has the ability to pass down certain costs to 
the service providers and can potentially rely on business 
interruption cover where available. 
Residual value assumptions are based on prevailing market 
expectations and, where possible, recent market evidence. The 
nature of the Company’s assets should provide some mitigation 
to the risk of a reduction in demand for the assets at the end of 
the expected investment holding period.
PORTFOLIO OPERATIONS
CONTINUOUS RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
CONTINUOUS RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
PORTFOLIO OPERATIONS CONTINUED
3. COUNTERPARTY RISK
DESCRIPTION
MITIGATION
The Company’s investments are dependent on the performance 
of a series of counterparties to contracts including public 
sector bodies, consortium partners, construction contractors, 
facilities management and maintenance contractors, asset and 
investment managers (including the Investment Adviser), banks 
and lending institutions and others. Failure by one or more of 
these counterparties to perform their obligations fully or as 
anticipated could adversely affect the performance of affected 
investments. There may be disruption or delay to the services 
provided to investments, or replacement counterparties (where 
they can be obtained) may only be obtained at a greater cost. 
This could negatively impact the Company’s cash flows and 
valuation.
The Company has a broad range of suppliers and believes that 
supplier counterparty risk is diversified across its investments. 
All contracts include the provision of a security package 
from counterparties to mitigate the impact of supplier failure. 
Generally, payments are made in arrears to service providers 
giving the Company some protection against failures in 
performance.
The credit quality of supplier counterparties is reviewed as 
part of the Company’s due diligence at the time of making its 
investments and for key suppliers on a regular basis.
Most of the services provided to the Company’s investments 
are reasonably well established with a number of competing 
providers. Therefore, there are expectations that there will be 
a pool of potential replacement supplier counterparties in the 
event that a service counterparty fails, albeit not necessarily at 
the same cost. 
The Company closely monitors the risk of adverse developments 
occurring in relation to its significant counterparties and develops 
contingency plans as appropriate to ensure risk of counterparty 
failure is minimised. 
Where borrowings exist in respect of the Company’s 
investments, interest rates are generally fixed through the use 
of interest rate swaps. The Company is therefore exposed to 
credit deterioration of the counterparties of these swaps.
The credit risk of such swap counterparties is considered at the 
time of entering into these arrangements and is regularly reviewed. 
The Company aims to use reputed financial institutions with good 
credit ratings. 
DESCRIPTION
MITIGATION
Cyber Security 
Cyber security continues to be an issue of focus for the 
Company with growing levels of sophistication seen in the 
use of cyber-attacks targeting businesses. The Company and 
the assets in its portfolio can be impacted by cyber security 
in a number of ways including asset operational performance, 
financial loss, or reputational impact.
 
Layers of control exist across the portfolio designed to mitigate 
cyber security risk as far as possible for the Company and its 
assets. This includes dedicated controls and processes at fund, 
as well as, operational asset levels. The ways in which cyber 
security is further supported through the portfolio includes 
management focus at asset level, use of specialist external IT 
service providers and external controls reviews, for example.
Performance-Related Termination
In serious cases where the terms of the underlying contract 
with the public sector are breached due to default or force 
majeure then that contract can usually be terminated without 
compensation. Failure to receive the amount of revenue 
projected or termination of a contract will have a consequential 
impact on the Company’s cash flow and value. 
 
In the event of significant and continuing unavailability across 
the Company’s portfolio, the Company is able to terminate 
the Investment Advisory Agreement. This serves to reinforce 
alignment of interest between the Company and the Investment 
Adviser.
Corporate Governance
Financial Statements
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
58
59
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Strategic Report
Overview

PORTFOLIO OPERATIONS
PORTFOLIO OPERATIONS CONTINUED
5. CONTRACT RISK
6. INFLATION
DESCRIPTION
MITIGATION
The performance of the Company’s investments is dependent 
on the complex set of contractual arrangements specific to each 
investment continuing to operate as intended. The Company 
is exposed to the risk that such contracts do not operate as 
intended, are incomplete, contain unanticipated liabilities, are 
subject to interpretation contrary to its expectations or otherwise 
fail to provide the protection or recourse anticipated.
Such contracts have been entered into, usually only after 
extensive negotiations and with the benefit of external legal 
advice. A legal review of contract documentation is undertaken 
as part of the Company’s due diligence at the time of making 
new investments.
DESCRIPTION
MITIGATION
Inflation may be higher or lower than expected. The net cash 
flows from the Company’s investment portfolio are positively 
correlated to inflation. Should actual inflation turn out to be 
higher or lower than the rates assumed by the Company at 
the relevant valuation date, this would be expected to impact 
positively or negatively, respectively, on the Company’s projected 
cash flows.
The level of inflation-linkage across the investments held by 
the Company varies and is not consistent. The consequences 
of higher or lower levels of inflation than that assumed by the 
Company will not be uniform across its portfolio. 
The Company is also exposed to the risk of changes to the 
manner in which inflation is calculated by the relevant authorities.
The Company benchmarks the inflation assumptions used in 
its forecasts to credible independent sources. It also provides 
sensitivities to investors indicating the projected impact on 
the Company’s NAV of alternative inflation scenarios, offering 
investors an ability to anticipate the likely effects alternative 
inflation scenarios may have on their investment.
The Company monitors the effect of inflation on its portfolio 
through its biannual valuation process. 
The Company benchmarks its inflation forecasts to credible independent sources.
CONTINUOUS RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
CONTINUOUS RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
MACROECONOMIC
7. FOREIGN EXCHANGE MOVEMENTS
DESCRIPTION
MITIGATION
A portion of the Company’s investment portfolio has cash flows 
which are denominated in currencies other than Sterling, but 
the Company borrows corporate-level debt, reports its NAV 
and pays dividends in Sterling. Changes in the rates of foreign 
currency exchange are outside the Company’s control and may 
impact positively or negatively on cash flows and valuation.
The Company uses forward foreign exchange contracts to 
mitigate the risk of short-term volatility in foreign exchange rates 
on the Sterling value of cash flows from overseas investments. 
These may not be fully effective and rely on the strength of the 
counterparties to those contracts to be enforceable. 
The Company monitors the effect of foreign exchange on its 
portfolio through its biannual valuation process and reports this 
to investors. The Company also provides sensitivities to investors 
indicating the projected impact on the NAV of a limited number 
of alternative foreign exchange scenarios, offering investors the 
ability to anticipate the likely effects of some foreign exchange 
scenarios on their investment. The Company continues to be 
mindful of the potential for exchange rate volatility in light of 
international economic and political change. The Company notes 
that a devaluation of Sterling against the relevant currencies would 
typically have a positive impact on the NAV. The opposite would 
be true for an increase in the value of Sterling.
DESCRIPTION
MITIGATION
The Company indirectly invests in physical assets used by the 
public and thus is exposed to possible risks, both reputational 
and legal, in the event of damage or destruction to such assets 
and their users, including loss of life, personal injury and property 
damage. While the assets the Company invests in benefit from 
insurance policies, these may not be effective in all cases.
Climate Change
Investments may be subject to extreme weather and changes in 
precipitation and temperature, all of which may result in physical 
damage to assets.
The Company’s investments benefit from regular risk reviews and 
external insurance advice which is intended to ensure that those 
assets continue to benefit from insurance cover that is standard 
for such assets. Health and safety data is monitored across the 
portfolio to highlight any areas of focus and ensure appropriate 
safety measures are in place.
The Company works alongside its Investment Adviser to continue 
its alignment with the recommendations of TCFD. The Company 
has continued to update its investment processes, further 
strengthening climate considerations within investment screening 
and diligence, ensuring these are considered from the earliest 
point in the investment cycle. 
4. PHYSICAL ASSET RISK
Given global uncertainties and the perceived increase in deliberate damage to infrastructure assets across 
Europe, the risk exposure for specific assets has increased. The Company continues to monitor events.
Corporate Governance
Financial Statements
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
60
61
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Strategic Report
Overview

CONTINUOUS RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
MACROECONOMIC CONTINUED
CONTINUOUS RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
REGULATION AND COMPLIANCE
9. LAW AND REGULATION
10. TAX
DESCRIPTION
MITIGATION
Change in law or regulation
Changes in law or regulation may increase costs of operating 
and maintaining facilities or impose other costs or obligations 
that indirectly adversely affect the Company’s cash flow from its 
investments and/or valuation of them. 
Some investments maintain a reserve or contingency designed 
to meet a change in law costs and/or have a mechanism to allow 
some change in law costs (typically building maintenance related) 
to be passed back to the public sector. The possibility remains for 
there to be changes in law or regulation (including, for example, in 
relation to climate change) that have the potential to impact costs or 
obligations of the Company or portfolio projects, which may not be 
fully capable of mitigation. The Company closely monitors changes 
in laws and regulations to ensure that the Company remains 
compliant with its obligations and minimises cost exposures 
wherever possible.
Transition to net zero
In 2019, the UK government committed to the net zero target 
as recommended by the Climate Change Committee. Reaching 
net zero GHG emissions requires extensive changes across 
the economy. Major infrastructure decisions need to be made 
in the near future. These changes are unprecedented in their 
overall scale and therefore may impact the use case of a variety 
of infrastructure, including altering the way infrastructure is 
operated and utilised.
A large portion of the Company’s investments are availability-type 
assets where the cash flows are based on making the asset available 
in a pre-agreed manner. The cash flows from such investments are 
largely insulated from the impacts of the transition to net zero. 
The changes arising from a transition to a low-carbon economy 
have the potential to be wide-ranging, including adapting to 
decarbonisation of heat, increased electrification of transportation 
and other systems previously dependent on fossil fuels, and 
decarbonisation of construction. It is expected infrastructure will 
continue to play a key role in the transition to a low-carbon economy. 
The Company believes the portfolio to be well placed for the transition 
to net zero. 
DESCRIPTION
MITIGATION
Change in tax rates
Rates of tax, both in the UK and overseas jurisdictions in which 
the Company operates, may increase in the future if government 
policy were to change.
The Company typically incorporates tax rates changes within its 
forecast cash flows once substantively enacted, or where there is 
a reasonable expectation of substantial enactment shortly after the 
valuation date and continuously monitors for changes in tax rates.
Change in tax legislation
Changes in tax legislation across the multiple jurisdictions 
in which the Company has investments can reduce returns, 
impacting on the Company’s future cash flow returns and hence 
valuation (calculated on a discounted cash flow basis). 
The Company takes a cautious approach to tax planning. 
The Board monitors changes in tax legislation and takes advice 
as appropriate from external, independent, qualified advisers. 
While the Board and the Company’s Investment Adviser seek to 
minimise the impact of adverse changes in tax requirements, its 
ability to do so is naturally limited. 
8. INTEREST RATES
DESCRIPTION
MITIGATION
Changes in market rates of interest can affect the Company in a variety of different ways:
Valuation Discount Rate
Changes in market rates of interest (particularly government 
bond yields) may directly impact the discount rate used to 
value the Company’s future projected cash flows and thus its 
valuation. Higher discount rates will have a negative impact on 
valuation while lower rates will have a positive impact.
In determining the discount rates used to value its investments, 
the Company generally uses nominal government bond yields 
to which specific investment risk premia are added to determine 
the overall discount rates. The investment risk premia may 
provide a buffer against rising bond yields assuming market 
demand for investment is sustained. Higher interest rates can 
often be precipitated by higher inflation expectations, and 
therefore any inflation-linkage (as noted above) may partly 
mitigate the effect of interest rate changes.
Corporate Debt Facility
Floating rate interest is charged on the CDF, so higher than 
anticipated interest rates will increase the cost of this facility. 
In the event that the interest rate increases, the Company has 
the option of repaying its CDF at any time with minimal notice, 
providing sufficient funds are available. The current facility totals 
£300m, including a £50m uncommitted ‘accordion’, compared 
to the Company’s current investment portfolio valuation of 
approximately £2.7bn. As at the date of this report, the CDF 
remains undrawn. The current CDF remains in place until June 
2025, after which a renewed facility will take effect. The new 
facility is expected to have broadly the same terms and structure 
as the current facility.
Underlying portfolio considerations
Portfolio entities typically choose or can be required to hold 
various cash balances. The Company assumes that it will 
earn interest on such deposits over the long-term. Changes in 
interest rates may mean that the actual interest receivable by 
the Company is different to that projected. 
Certain assets within the portfolio contain refinancing 
assumptions. Increases in lending rates available to these 
projects would have the potential to increase their cost 
of financing and therefore impact the overall returns from 
these assets.
As presented in the sensitivity analysis, variations in cash deposit 
rates have little impact on the Company’s NAV. The Company 
monitors the effect of historical and projected interest rates on 
its portfolio through its biannual valuation process and reports 
this to investors. The risk of adverse movements in debt interest 
rates for unhedged debt within regulated entities is limited through 
protections provided by the regulatory regime; however, the 
Company may potentially be exposed to interest rate risk on debt 
outside of the regulatory structure.
The Company is monitoring the potential impacts of increased inflation on interest rates.
Corporate Governance
Financial Statements
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
62
63
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Strategic Report
Overview

11. FINANCIAL FORECASTS
DESCRIPTION
MITIGATION
The Company’s projections depend on the use of financial 
models to calculate its future projected investment returns. 
There may be errors in any of these financial models, including 
calculation, input, logic, and output errors. Once corrected, such 
errors may lead to a revision in projected cash flows and thus 
impact valuation. 
The financial forecasts of certain operating infrastructure 
businesses can have more variability than contracted 
concessions, given the wider range of variables that apply and 
are therefore inherently more difficult to forecast accurately.
The financial models used to generate financial forecasts 
are generally subject to model audit by external professional 
service firms, which is a process designed to identify errors. 
The comparison of past actual performance of investments 
against past projected performance also gives confidence 
in financial models where actual performance has closely 
matched projected performance. However, there can be 
no assurance that forecasts will be realised, particularly in 
relation to operational infrastructure businesses where more 
variables apply.
Investments in regulated businesses are considered very long-
term, beyond the much shorter regulatory cycles. Valuations of 
such businesses should take into account robustness of yield 
and potential for increases in regulated asset base over time.
Sensitivities
The Company publishes information relating to its portfolio, 
including projections of how portfolio performance and valuation 
might be impacted by changes in various factors, e.g. interest 
rates, inflation rates, deposit rates, etc. The sensitivity analysis 
and projections are not forecasts and actual performance 
is likely to differ (possibly significantly) from that projection 
as in practice the impact of changes to such factors will be 
unlikely to apply evenly across the portfolio or in isolation from 
other factors.
Financial models are managed by a dedicated team with a 
background in financial modelling and experience of managing 
models in a manner that seeks to minimise the risk of error.
Sensitivities are produced for the information of relevant 
stakeholders and are accompanied by disclaimers and guidance 
explaining that limited reliance can be placed upon them.
CENTRAL OPERATIONS
CONTINUOUS RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
CONTINUOUS RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
VIABILITY STATEMENT
In accordance with provision 31 of the 2018 revision of the UK Code 
of Corporate Governance, we have considered the Company’s 
viability as summarised below. Due to the long-term and/or 
contractual nature of our investments, we have a significant level 
of confidence over the endurance and longevity of our business; 
however, it is difficult to assess the regulatory, tax and political 
environment on a long-term basis. Whilst we consider the valuation 
of investment cash flows for the purposes of the NAV over a 
considerably longer period than five years, we view five years as an 
appropriate timeframe for assessing the Company’s viability given 
these inherent uncertainties.
The viability assessment process is embedded within the 
Company’s annual risk review cycle and involves the following:
1	
An Audit and Risk Committee review and assessment of the 
risks facing the Company. A summary of the review process is 
detailed on page 79 to 81;
2	
Identification of those principal risks that are deemed more likely 
to occur and have a potential impact on the Company’s viability 
over the viability period. This exercise has included consideration 
of: a persistent low inflation rate environment (noting that a high-
rate environment would typically be positive for the Company’s 
investment cash flows given the linkage of revenues to inflation 
across many investments); large currency fluctuations impacting 
on receipts from overseas investments; and the impact of 
the loss of income from investments (whether due to key 
subcontractor default, or other reason for underperformance). 
We note that a number of risks identified during the risk review 
process in step one above may have implications for the 
Company’s valuation but may be considered insignificant from 
a five-year viability perspective;
3	
Quantification analysis of the potential impact of those principal 
risks occurring in isolation and under plausible combined 
sensitivity scenarios over the viability period;
4	
Assessment of potential mitigation strategies to mitigate the 
potential impact of principal risks over the viability period. 
This exercise has considered the potential to liquidate 
investments and/or refinance investments if necessary.
The viability assessment is approved by the Board. Following the 
assessment, the Board has a reasonable expectation that the 
Company will be able to continue in operation and meet all of 
its liabilities as they fall due up to March 2028. This assessment 
is based on the following assumptions which are not within the 
Company’s control:
– No significant changes to government policy, tax, laws and
regulations affecting the Company or its investments other than
the impacts already factored into future cash flows as part of the
31 December 2024 NAV valuation; and
– Continued availability of sufficient capital and market liquidity to
allow for refinancing/repayment of any short-term recourse debt
facility obligations as they become due, including in relation to the
Company’s debt facility which remains available until June 2025
after which a renewed facility will take effect. The new facility is
expected to be broadly comparable in size and structure, with
terms that reflect prevailing market conditions.
MIKE GERRARD
STEPHANIE COXON
CHAIR
DIRECTOR
26 March 2025
26 March 2025
Corporate Governance
Financial Statements
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
64
65
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Strategic Report
Overview

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
SUMMARY OF INVESTMENT POLICY
OVERVIEW
The Company invests in public or social infrastructure assets and 
related businesses located in the UK, Australia, New Zealand, 
Europe, North America and other parts of the world where the risk 
profile meets the Company’s risk and return requirements.
The Company has a long-term view and invests in operational and 
construction phase assets for the life of the asset or concession, 
or under a licence issued by a regulator, unless there is a strategic 
rationale for earlier realisation. The Company seeks to enhance 
the capital value and the income derived from its investments to 
optimise returns for its investors. 
As noted elsewhere in this Report, the Board regularly reviews 
the overall composition of the portfolio to ensure it remains aligned 
with the Company’s investment objectives, including considering 
both investment and divestment as part of overall capital 
allocation considerations. 
The Company has a long-standing Investment Policy that has been 
adopted and approved by its shareholders which informs its overall 
approach to capital allocation. The Policy is summarised below and 
available in full at www.internationalpublicpartnerships.com.
INVESTMENT PARAMETERS
Maintaining the performance of the existing portfolio is the 
Company’s key focus. However, it will also take the following 
into account:
– Investments with characteristics similar to the existing portfolio;
– Investments in other assets or concessions or regulated
businesses having a public or social infrastructure character
with either availability, property rental or user paid payment
mechanisms or appropriate regulatory frameworks;
– Investments in infrastructure assets or concessions characterised
by high barriers to entry and expected to generate an attractive
total rate of return over the life of the investment;
– Divestments where an investment is no longer aligned with the
Company’s investment objectives or where circumstances offer
an opportunity to enhance the value of the portfolio.
PORTFOLIO COMPOSITION
The Company will, over the long-term, maintain a spread of 
investments both geographically and across industry sectors in 
order to achieve a broad balance of risk in the Company’s portfolio. 
The Company does not currently expect to invest to any material 
extent in infrastructure projects located in non-OECD countries in 
the foreseeable future. 
Asset allocation will depend on the maturity of the local 
infrastructure investment market, wider market conditions and the 
judgement of the Investment Adviser and the Board on the suitability 
of the investment from a risk and return perspective. The Asset 
Management section on pages 24 to 29 has details of the current 
composition of the investment portfolio.
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS
The Company’s Investment Policy restricts it from making any 
investment of more than 20% of the total assets in any one 
investment in order to limit the risk of any one investment to the 
overall portfolio.
As a London Stock Exchange listed company, the Company is also 
subject to certain restrictions pursuant to the UKLA Listing Rules. 
MANAGING CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
Further investments will continue to be sourced by the Investment 
Adviser, Amber Fund Management Limited. Some of these 
investments will have been originated and developed by, and 
in certain cases may be acquired from, members of the Amber 
Infrastructure Group.
The Company has established detailed procedures to deal with 
conflicts of interest that may arise and manage conduct in respect 
of any such acquisition. The Corporate Governance Report sets out 
more details on the conflicts management process. 
FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
The Company may also make prudent use of leverage to enhance 
returns to investors, to finance the acquisition of investments in the 
short-term and to satisfy working capital requirements.
Under the Company’s Articles, outstanding borrowings at the 
Company level, including any financial guarantees to support 
subscription obligations in relation to investments, are limited to 
50% of the Gross Asset Value (‘GAV’) of the Company’s investments 
and cash balances. The Company has the ability to borrow in 
aggregate up to 66% of such GAV on a short-term basis (i.e. less 
than 365 days) if considered appropriate. Details of the Company’s 
CDF can be found on page 30.
CHANGES TO INVESTMENT POLICY
Material changes to the Investment Policy summarised in this 
section may only be made by ordinary resolution of the shareholders 
in accordance with the UK Listing Rules. 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Durham Regional Courthouse, Ontario, Canada 
Photo credit: WZMH Architects 
Financial Statements
67
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Overview
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Strategic Report
66
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024

BOARD OF DIRECTORS
The table below details all Directors at the date of this Report.
JULIA BOND
Chair, Management 
Engagement Committee
GILES ADU1
BACKGROUND AND EXPERIENCE
A resident in the UK, Julia has 
over 25 years’ experience of 
capital markets in the financial 
sector and held senior positions 
within Credit Suisse, including 
Head of One Bank Delivery 
and Global Head of Sovereign 
Wealth funds activity. 
BACKGROUND AND EXPERIENCE
A resident of Jersey, Giles has 
over 30 years’ financial markets 
investment experience and 
has held senior investment 
and advisory roles across debt 
capital markets, real estate 
investment, and alternative 
investments. 
He is co-founder and 
investment director of Seaton 
Place Limited, an alternative 
investments advisor, investing 
in commercial real estate and 
bespoke alternative investments 
for family office and high net 
worth individual partners.
Giles has held several non-
executive director positions for 
investment funds in private and 
public markets. 
LISTED COMPANY AND OTHER  
RELEVANT DIRECTORSHIPS
	– Foreign, Commonwealth and 
Development Office
	– Strategic Command Ministry 
of Defence
	– Impax Asset Management 
Group Plc
LISTED COMPANY AND OTHER  
RELEVANT DIRECTORSHIPS
	– Blackstone Loan Financing 
Limited 
DATE OF APPOINTMENT:
1 September 2017
DATE OF APPOINTMENT:
1 September 2024
MIKE GERRARD
Board Chair 
Chair, Investment Committee
BACKGROUND AND EXPERIENCE
A resident in the UK, Mike has 
over 40 years of financial and 
management experience in 
global infrastructure investment. 
He has held a number of senior 
positions, including as an 
assistant director of Morgan 
Grenfell plc, a director of HM 
Treasury Taskforce, deputy CEO 
and later CEO of Partnerships 
UK plc. He was managing 
director of the Thames 
Tideway Tunnel during its pre-
construction development. 
Mike has a breadth of experience 
across a range of economic and 
social infrastructure sectors and 
has been involved in some of 
the largest infrastructure projects 
in the UK. He is a Fellow of the 
Institution of Civil Engineers.
LISTED COMPANY AND OTHER  
RELEVANT DIRECTORSHIPS
Mike holds no other listed 
company positions but holds 
several non-executive positions 
within boards and committees 
that oversee the development 
and delivery of infrastructure 
investments in the UK and 
overseas
DATE OF APPOINTMENT:
4 September 2018
STEPHANIE COXON
Chair, Audit and  
Risk Committee
SALLY-ANN DAVID
Chair, Nomination and 
Remuneration Committee
BACKGROUND AND EXPERIENCE
A resident of Guernsey, 
Stephanie is a Fellow of 
the Institute of Chartered 
Accountants in England and 
Wales and is a non-executive 
director on several London 
listed companies.
Prior to becoming a non-
executive director, Stephanie 
led the investment trust capital 
markets team at PwC for the 
UK and Channel Islands. During 
her time at PwC, Stephanie 
specialised in advising FTSE 
250 and premium London-listed 
companies on accounting, 
corporate governance, 
risk management and 
strategic matters.
LISTED COMPANY AND OTHER  
RELEVANT DIRECTORSHIPS
	– PPHE Hotel Group Limited
	– Foresight Environmental 
Infrastructure Limited
	– Apax Global Alpha Limited
	– Praxis Group Limited2 
	– The Association of 
Investment Companies
DATE OF APPOINTMENT:
1 January 2022
BACKGROUND AND EXPERIENCE
A resident of Guernsey, 
Sally-Ann has over 35 years 
of experience in infrastructure 
projects in the energy sector, 
including international 
offshore transmission systems 
and the challenges of the 
energy transition. 
Having held senior positions 
within the power utility arena, 
Sally-Ann has recently retired 
from the position of chief 
operating officer at Guernsey 
Electricity Limited. She is 
a Chartered Engineer and 
Chartered Director.
LISTED COMPANY AND OTHER  
RELEVANT DIRECTORSHIPS
	– European Marine Energy 
Centre Limited
	– M&G (Guernsey) & M&G 
Offshore Corporate Bond Ltd
	– Sally-Ann is also a director of 
a health-related charity
DATE OF APPOINTMENT:
10 January 2020
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
All of the independent Directors are members of all Committees with the exception of Mike Gerrard, who is not a member of the Audit and Risk 
Committee, and Giles Frost is a Non-Independent Director and sits only on the ESG Committee. 
BACKGROUND AND EXPERIENCE
A resident of Guernsey, Meriel 
has 30 years of multi-sector 
business experience. 
With a background in human-
centred design for technology, 
she brings a strategic end-
user focus and a broad set of 
experiences encompassing 
many sectors and scales of 
organisation ranging from her 
own start-ups through global 
corporations and governmental 
programmes.
She has sat on a wide variety 
of boards as an independent 
director for over 11 years.
LISTED COMPANY AND OTHER  
RELEVANT DIRECTORSHIPS
	– Bluefield Solar Income Fund 
Limited
	– kigai Ventures Limited
	– Boku, Inc.
	– Meriel also chairs a 
commercial board; Jersey 
Telecom 
DATE OF APPOINTMENT:
10 January 2020
BACKGROUND AND EXPERIENCE
A resident of Guernsey, 
John has over 30 years of 
business experience. 
John is a Fellow of the Institute 
of Chartered Accountants 
in England and Wales and a 
former partner of BDO LLP, 
where he held a number of 
leadership roles, including Head 
of Consumer Markets, where he 
developed an extensive breadth 
of experience and knowledge 
across the real estate, leisure 
and retail sectors in the UK 
and overseas. 
John is a non-executive director 
on several plc boards and chairs 
a number of audit committees.
LISTED COMPANY AND OTHER  
RELEVANT DIRECTORSHIPS
	– BH Macro Limited
	– TwentyFour Income Fund 
Limited
	– Super Group Limited
DATE OF APPOINTMENT:
1 January 2016
BACKGROUND AND EXPERIENCE
A resident in the UK, Giles is a 
founder of Amber Infrastructure 
and has worked in the 
infrastructure investments 
sector for over 25 years. 
Giles is a director of the 
ultimate holding company of 
the Investment Adviser to the 
Company and various of its 
subsidiaries.
LISTED COMPANY AND OTHER  
RELEVANT DIRECTORSHIPS
Giles is also a director of a 
number of the Company’s 
subsidiary and investment 
holding entities and of other 
entities in which the Company 
has an investment. He does not 
currently receive directors’ fees 
from these roles
DATE OF APPOINTMENT:
2 August 2006
 Audit and Risk Committee
 ESG Committee
 Investment Committee
MERIEL LENFESTEY
Chair, ESG Committee 
JOHN LE POIDEVIN
Senior Independent Director3
GILES FROST
Non-Independent Director3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1	 Giles Adu was appointed to the Board of Directors on 1 September 2024.
2	 Praxis Group delisted from The International Stock Exchange on 21 January 2025.
 Management Engagement Committee
 Nomination & Remuneration Committee
 Risk Sub-Committee
3	 John Le Poidevin and Giles Frost will be retiring from the Board at the 2025 AGM.
Financial Statements
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
68
69
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Overview
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Strategic Report

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT
INTRODUCTION
The Board of Directors is committed to high standards of corporate 
governance and has put in place a framework for corporate 
governance which it believes is appropriate for an investment 
company that is a constituent of the FTSE 250 and FTSE 
All-Share indices.
The Board is accountable for the overall direction and oversight 
of the Company, for agreeing its strategy, monitoring its financial 
performance, and setting and monitoring its risk appetite.
This section describes how the Company is governed. It explains 
how the Board is organised and operates, including the roles and 
composition of each of its Committees, and provides details on its 
Board members and how they are remunerated. As an investment 
company, the Company has no employees and relies on the advice 
and expertise of its key suppliers, notably its Investment Adviser. 
This section therefore also explains the nature of the Company’s 
relationship with the Investment Adviser, and how this is managed, 
including the remuneration of the Investment Adviser.
COMPLIANCE WITH CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
CODES AND REGULATIONS
The Company is listed on the London Stock Exchange and is 
required to confirm its compliance with (or explain departures from) 
the UK Corporate Governance Code (the ‘UK Code’). The Company 
is a member of the AIC and has put in place arrangements to 
comply with the AIC Code which, in accordance with the AIC 
Code, enables it to comply with the UK Code in areas that are of 
specific relevance to investment companies. The Guernsey Financial 
Services Commission (the ‘GFSC’) has confirmed that companies 
that report against the UK Code or AIC Code are deemed to meet 
the Guernsey Code of Corporate Governance. In August 2024, the 
AIC Code was updated and endorsed by the Financial Reporting 
Council (‘FRC’) and the 2024 AIC Code applies to accounting 
periods beginning on or after 1 January 2025, with the exception 
of Provision 34 which will apply to accounting periods beginning 
on or after 1 January 2026. The AIC Code is available from the AIC 
website (www.theaic.co.uk). The UK Code is available from the FRC 
website (www.frc.co.uk).
As an investment company, most of the Company’s day-to-day 
responsibilities are delegated to third parties. The Company does 
not have any executive directors. The UK Code’s two separate 
principles of setting out the responsibilities of the chief executive 
and disclosing the remuneration of executive directors (Principles G 
and Q of the UK Code) are therefore not applicable. The Company 
has complied with all remaining recommendations of the AIC Code 
throughout the year.
MIKE GERRARD
CHAIR
Although the Company is registered in Guernsey, in accordance 
with the guidance set out in the AIC code, this Annual Report 
contains a description of how the Directors have considered matters 
set out in Section 172 of the UK Companies Act 2006 in relation 
to stakeholder engagement and the success of the Company. See 
page 50 to 51 for more information.
During the year, the Company was subject to the UK Packaged 
Retail and Insurance-based Investment Product (‘PRIIPs’) 
Regime (‘the Regulation’). In accordance with the requirements 
of the Regulation, the Company published and updated its  
three-page Key Information Document (‘KID’) on 5 September 
2024. The KID is available on the Company’s website,  
https://www.internationalpublicpartnerships.com/investors/reports-
and-publications, and will be updated following the publication 
of the Company’s financial results, in accordance with the 
amendments required by the Regulation and thereafter at least 
every 12 months. 
BOARD AND COMMITTEES
The Board sets the strategy for the Company and makes decisions 
on changes to the portfolio (including approval of acquisitions, 
disposals and valuations) and corporate actions, including the 
payment of dividends and return of capital to investors. Through 
Committees, and the use of external independent advisers, 
it manages risk and governance of the Company. The Board has 
a majority of independent directors – currently seven of the eight 
directors are independent. 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
The Board of Directors currently consists of eight non-executive 
directors, whose biographies, on pages 68 to 69, demonstrate a 
breadth of investment and business experience. 
The Board is chaired by Mike Gerrard, who was considered to 
be independent upon appointment and remains independent 
throughout his term of service for the purposes of the AIC Code. 
For the purposes of the AIC Code, Giles Frost is not treated 
as being an independent director, due to his relationship with 
the Company’s Investment Adviser. In accordance with the AIC 
Code, all other non-executive directors were independent of the 
Company’s Investment Adviser on appointment to the Board and 
continue to remain so. As Giles Frost will not be seeking re-election 
and will retire from the Board at the 2025 AGM, the Company will 
consist of all independent directors from 4 June 2025 onwards. 
BOARD TENURE AND RE-ELECTION
Directors do not have service contracts. Directors are appointed 
under letters of appointment, copies of which are available at the 
registered office of the Company. All Directors offer themselves for 
re-election on an annual basis. The Board considers its composition 
and succession planning on an ongoing basis. In accordance with 
the AIC Code, when and if any Director has been in office (or on re-
election would at the end of that term of office have been in office) 
for more than nine years, the Company will consider further whether 
there is a risk that such a director might reasonably be deemed to 
have lost independence through such long service.
At the forthcoming AGM, John Le Poidevin and Giles Frost will 
not seek re-election and will retire from the Board.
DIRECTORS’ DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
The Directors have adopted a set of Reserved Powers, 
which establish the key purpose of the Board and detail its 
major duties and is available on the Company’s website,  
www.internationalpublicpartnerships.com. 
These reserved powers of the Board have been adopted by the 
Directors to demonstrate clearly the importance with which the 
Board takes its fiduciary responsibilities and as an ongoing means 
of measuring and monitoring the effectiveness of its actions. 
The Board monitors the Company’s share price and NAV and 
regularly considers ways in which shareholder value may be 
enhanced. These may include implementing marketing and 
investor relations activities, appropriate management of share price 
premium/discount and the relative positioning and performance 
of the Company to its competitors. The Board is also responsible 
for safeguarding the assets of the Company and for taking 
reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and 
other irregularities.
The Board recognises the important role the Company’s portfolio 
investments have in supporting the communities they serve. To 
ensure that they fully appreciate the impact of the investments, 
the Board undertakes regular visits to the Company’s assets and, 
during 2024, visited a number of the Company’s investments, which 
facilitate education, offer safe and affordable travel, and deliver 
leading health services and research.
Individual directors may, at the expense of the Company, seek 
independent professional advice on any matter that concerns 
them in the furtherance of their duties. The Company maintains 
appropriate Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance in respect 
of legal action against its directors on an ongoing basis and the 
Company has maintained appropriate cover throughout the year.
All new directors receive introductory support and education about 
the infrastructure sector, and the Company, from the Investment 
Adviser upon joining the Board and, in consultation with the Board 
Chair, all directors are entitled to receive other relevant ongoing 
training as necessary.
Financial Statements
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
70
71
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Overview
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Strategic Report

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT CONTINUED
BOARD DIVERSITY
The Board is committed to maintaining the appropriate balance of 
skills, gender, knowledge and experience among its members to 
ensure strong leadership of the Company. The Board currently has 
four female directors, making the gender balance 50% female and 
50% male. Currently, four of the sub-committee Chair positions are 
all held by female directors. In addition, post-year end, the Company 
was ranked 25th in the ‘FTSE 350’s Investment Trust Rankings 
2024 Women on Boards’ only.
The Board always appoints individuals on merit considering a 
balance of skills, qualities and experience that the Board feels are 
important to function, enhance and grow as a FTSE 250 board. The 
Board strongly believes that diversity of backgrounds, perspectives 
and insights is a critical tenet of dynamic and robust decision 
making and is keen to enhance the diversity of its composition, 
including consideration of potential candidates with the appropriate 
skills and experience for whom this would be their first appointment 
as a non-executive director of a listed company. With this critical 
tenet in mind, the Board is further committed to complying with 
the FCA UK Listing Rules (which in turn is in line with a similar 
recommendation of the Parker Review committee) that each 
FTSE 250 board have at least one director from an ethnic minority 
background for accounting periods starting on or after 1 April 2022. 
As an externally managed investment company with no chief 
executive officer (‘CEO’) or chief financial officer (‘CFO’), the roles 
which qualify as senior under FCA guidance are Chair and Senior 
Independent Director (‘SID’). The Board also considers the Audit 
Committee Chair to represent a senior role within this context. At 
31 December 2024, the Board met the targets on the percentage 
that are women, and ethnic diversity. The following table sets out 
the required information on diversity and inclusion, reflecting on the 
gender and ethnic background of the Board as at 31 December 
2024 in accordance with the requirements of the UK Listing 
Rules. The information has been self-provided by the individuals 
concerned. The questions asked were: “Which gender do you 
identify by” and “Which of the FCA ethnicity groups do you consider 
yourself to fall within?”.
Number 
of Board 
Members
Percentage 
of the  
Board 
Number 
of Senior 
Positions
Male
4
50%
2
Female
4
50%
1
White British or other White 
(including white minority groups)
7
88%
3
Black African
1
12%
–
BOARD REMUNERATION 
The Nomination and Remuneration Committee considers matters 
relating to the Directors’ remuneration, taking into account 
benchmark information (including fees paid to directors of 
comparable companies). All fees payable to the Directors should 
also reflect the time spent by the Directors on the Company’s affairs 
and the responsibilities borne by the Directors and be sufficient to 
attract, retain and motivate Directors of a quality required to run the 
Company successfully.
The Nomination and Remuneration Committee conducted an 
internal assessment of Board remuneration. The internal review of 
the remuneration policy undertaken benchmarked the Company’s 
position against listed peer funds in the core infrastructure and 
wider infrastructure sector. The inflationary landscape, increased 
time commitments of the Directors during the year under review and 
additional responsibilities placed on certain Board members were 
considered. Accordingly, and with effect from 1 January 2025, the 
Board is recommending that shareholders approve the remuneration 
levels proposed in the comparative table set out below.
Position
2025  
Fee P.A. 
£
2024  
Fee P.A. 
£
Board Chair
111,800
106,500
Director (Independent and  
Non-Independent)
62,000
59,000
Audit and Risk Committee Chair1
18,600
17,700
Senior Independent Director1
5,000
4,000
Risk Sub-Committee Chair1
5,000
3,500
Management Engagement 
Committee Chair1
5,000
3,500
Nomination and Remuneration 
Committee Chair1
5,000
3,500
ESG Committee Chair1
5,000
3,500
1	 These are additional fees payable to Directors chairing a committee.
There are no long-term incentive schemes provided by the 
Company and no performance fees, or bonuses paid to directors. 
Any changes to directors’ aggregate remuneration are considered 
at the AGM of the Company.
Director
2024 Fees  
£ 
2023 Fees 
£
Mike Gerrard
106,500
101,400
Giles Adu
19,599
–
Julia Bond
63,395
61,550
Stephanie Coxon
70,650
59,450
Sally-Ann David
62,759
59,450
Meriel Lenfestey
63,705
59,450
John Le Poidevin
70,540
76,800
Giles Frost1 
59,000
56,200
1	 The emoluments for Giles Frost are paid to his employer Amber Infrastructure Limited, 
a related company of the Company’s Investment Adviser.
Giles Frost is also a director of a number of other companies 
in which the Company directly or indirectly has an investment, 
although he does not control or receive remuneration in relation 
to these entities.
In addition to the director fees above, John Le Poidevin served as 
a director to three Luxembourg subsidiary entities of International 
Public Partnerships and was entitled to fees of £9,930 in total 
for the year ended 31 December 2024. The Nomination and 
Remuneration Committee recommended an increase to £3,475.50 
per entity for 2025. 
DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS
Directors who held office at 31 December 2024 had the following 
interests in the shares of the Company:
Director
31 December 
2024 
Number of 
Ordinary 
Shares1
31 December 
2023  
Number of 
Ordinary 
Shares1
Mike Gerrard
279,789
279,789
Giles Adu
-
-
Julia Bond
132,226
114,694
Stephanie Coxon
25,505
10,000
Sally-Ann David
30,303
30,303
Meriel Lenfestey
33,142
25,142
John Le Poidevin
327,898
327,898
Giles Frost2 
1,052,246
1,009,965
1	 All shares are beneficially held.
2	 Holds some shares through a personal investment company.
On 4 February 2025, John Le Poidevin acquired 86,972 shares, 
increasing his holdings to 414,870.
Financial Statements
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
72
73
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Overview
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Strategic Report

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT CONTINUED
COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD 
The Board has established five Committees consisting of the independent non-executive directors. The responsibilities of these Committees 
are described below. Terms of reference for each committee have been approved by the Board and are available on the Company’s website 
(www.internationalpublicpartnerships.com). In addition to the Chair of the Board, a Senior Independent Director is appointed as an alternative 
point of contact for shareholders and leads on matters where it is not appropriate for the Chair to do so.
BOARD 
Responsibilities
– Statutory obligations and public disclosure
– Sets overall strategy for investments
– Strategic matters and financial reporting
– Board composition and accountability to shareholders
– Risk assessment and management, including reporting
compliance, monitoring, governance and control
– Responsible for financial statements
ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE 
Delegated responsibilities
– Review the Company’s ESG policies, principles
and standards
– Provide strategic advice to the Board on ESG-related
matters and policies
– Challenge the implementation of ESG policies through
the investment and divestment approval process
– Provide a forum in which the Board and Investment
Adviser can discuss and share ideas in relation to
evolving ESG-related initiatives
INVESTMENT COMMITTEE 
Delegated responsibilities 
– Review investment and divestment proposals, including
ensuring that proposals are properly prepared and that the
approval process has been followed
– Ensure proposals are compliant with the Company’s
Investment Policy and strategy
– Ensure that proposals do not breach Articles of Incorporation,
Prospectus or other constitutional documents
– Determine whether proposals are appropriate for
investment or divestment and then, assuming the
opportunity is approved, authorise the Investment Adviser
to enact the transaction
MANAGEMENT ENGAGEMENT COMMITTEE 
Delegated responsibilities 
– Review on a regular basis the performance of the
Investment Adviser and the Company’s other advisers
and major service suppliers to ensure that performance
is satisfactory and in accordance with the terms and
conditions of the respective appointments
– Review the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement
and recommend any changes considered necessary
– Ensure there are no conflicts of interest between
service partners
NOMINATION AND REMUNERATION COMMITTEE 
Delegated responsibilities 
– Undertake annual Board performance evaluation
– Review remuneration of the Board and its Committees
– Review, and change as necessary, structure, size and
composition of the Board
– Identify and appoint suitable Board candidates as
vacancies arise and ensure succession planning is in place
– Articulate the roles of the Chair and Non-Executive
Directors
– Conduct induction training for new Board members
AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE 
Delegated responsibilities 
– Monitor the integrity of financial statements
– Review the effectiveness and internal control policies and
procedures over financial reporting and identification,
assessment and reporting of risk
– Review the effectiveness of the Company’s risk
management framework, including in relation to the
Investment Policy and the risk management procedures
of the Investment Manager and other third-party providers
– Review the Company’s financial and accounting policies
– Advise the Board on appointment of the external auditor
and responsible for oversight and remuneration of the
external auditor
AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE 
The Audit and Risk Committee is comprised of the full Board, with 
the exception of Mike Gerrard as Board Chair and Giles Frost as a 
Non-Independent Director. However, Mike Gerrard and Giles Frost 
routinely attend meetings of the Audit and Risk Committee 
as observers.
Following the 2024 AGM, Stephanie Coxon succeeded John Le 
Poidevin as Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee, with Sally-Ann 
David remaining as the current Chair of the Risk Sub-Committee. 
The duties of the Audit and Risk Committee in discharging its 
responsibilities are outlined in the Audit and Risk Committee Report 
on pages 79 to 81.
In respect of its risk management function, the Audit and Risk 
Committee, through the separately convened Risk Sub-Committee, 
is also responsible for reviewing the Company’s risk management 
function and framework, in relation to the Investment Policy of the 
Company, including the acquisition and disposal of assets, the 
valuation of assets and ensuring that the risk management function 
of the Investment Adviser, Administrator and other third-party 
service providers are adequate and to seek assurance of the same. 
The Audit and Risk Committee formally reviews the Company’s 
overall approach to risk management on an annual basis and its 
risk register on at least a quarterly basis. Topics considered during 
the year can be found in the Audit and Risk Committee Report on 
pages 79 to 81. The Committee is satisfied that the key risks that 
could impact the Company and its investments were effectively 
mitigated and reported upon and were broadly in line with those of 
the Company’s relevant industry peers.
INVESTMENT COMMITTEE
The Investment Committee is comprised of the full Board, with 
the exception of Giles Frost as a Non-Independent Director, and is 
chaired by Mike Gerrard, as Chair of the Company. 
The Committee considers proposals relating to the acquisition 
and disposal of investments and, if thought fit, approves those 
proposals. Details of the transactions completed during the year are 
outlined on pages 18 to 20 of this Annual Report. 
MANAGEMENT ENGAGEMENT COMMITTEE
The Management Engagement Committee is comprised of the full 
Board, with the exception of Giles Frost as a Non-Independent 
Director. Following the 2024 AGM, Julia Bond succeeded Meriel 
Lenfestey as Chair of the Management Engagement Committee. 
The duties of the Management Engagement Committee in 
discharging its responsibilities are outlined in the diagram on 
page 74. 
The Management Engagement Committee carries out its review 
of the Company’s advisers through consideration of objective 
and subjective criteria and through a review of the terms and 
conditions of the advisers’ appointments, with the aim of evaluating 
performance, identifying any weaknesses and ensuring value for 
money for the Company’s shareholders.
During the year, the Management Engagement Committee formally 
reviewed the performance of the Investment Adviser and other key 
service providers to the Company and no material weaknesses were 
identified. Overall, the Committee confirmed its satisfaction with the 
services and advice received. As has been referred to extensively 
elsewhere in this document, post year-end, amendments to the IAA 
were agreed that further aligned the Investment Advisor’s interests 
with those of our shareholders. Further information can be found in 
the Chair’s Letter and on pages 4 to 7. 
NOMINATION AND REMUNERATION COMMITTEE
The Nomination and Remuneration Committee is comprised of the 
full Board, with the exception of Giles Frost as a Non-Independent 
Director. Following the 2024 AGM, Sally-Ann David succeeded 
Stephanie Coxon as Chair of the Nomination and Remuneration 
Committee. The Committee is formally charged by the Board to 
consider the structure, size, remuneration, skills and composition 
of the Board. This includes its diversity and inclusion development 
in line with the Company’s responsible investment objective and 
management of material ESG factors, ensuring diversity is strongly 
reflected at Board level as outlined on page 72. It also oversees the 
appointment and reappointment of directors, taking into account 
the expertise and diversity of the candidates and their independence 
(see page 74 for more detail on the Committee).
For the Director recruitment process, the Nomination and 
Remuneration Committee developed a role specification with the 
assistance of an external recruiter to identify potential candidates 
for consideration, with a shortlist of candidates being interviewed 
by Committee members before a final decision was taken to 
recommend the appointment of Giles Adu to the Board. The 
Nomination and Remuneration Committee will continue to review 
structure, size and composition of the Board and report on 
succession planning annually to preserve continuity by phasing the 
retirement of Directors approaching nine years of service. 
In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code required 
for listed companies on the London Stock Exchange, the Company 
undertakes an externally facilitated evaluation every three years. 
The Company’s most recent external evaluation was conducted in 
2023. In 2024, the Board undertook an internal evaluation co-
ordinated by the Company Secretary. As part of this process, Board 
members completed a comprehensive questionnaire designed to 
assess the performance and effectiveness of the Board, its Chair 
and its Committees. A report of the findings of the evaluation was 
presented and considered by the Nomination and Remuneration 
Committee. No material issues were identified, and the review 
concluded that the Board operated well, with skill and focus and in 
a harmonious and supportive manner. A small number of areas were 
identified for further focus, including meeting structure and adviser 
attendance. 
Financial Statements
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
74
75
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Overview
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Strategic Report

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT CONTINUED
ESG COMMITTEE
The ESG Committee is comprised of the full Board. Following the 2024 AGM, Meriel Lenfestey succeeded Julia Bond as Chair of the ESG 
Committee. The Company’s ESG Committee provides a forum for discussion, support and challenge with respect to ESG matters, including 
the adoption of policies by the Company in relation to both investments and divestments, as well as Amber’s asset management activities 
and reporting policies. 
The ESG Committee meets at least twice a year and supports the Board in managing the Company’s ESG performance. Please refer to the 
Company’s Sustainability Report for more information on the ESG Committee and workstreams that have been delivered during the year.
BOARD AND COMMITTEE MEETING ATTENDANCE
The full Board meets at least four times per year and in addition there is regular additional contact between the Board, the Investment 
Adviser, the Administrator and the Company Secretary. The agenda and supporting papers are distributed in advance of quarterly Board and 
Committee meetings to allow time for appropriate review and to facilitate full discussion at the meetings. 
The table below lists Directors’ attendance at Board and Committee meetings during the year. In addition, during the year, two ad hoc 
Board meetings and two Board Committee meetings1 took place to finalise matters that had been approved in principle at full meetings 
of the Board. Furthermore, three ad hoc Investment Committee meetings were held during the year, in accordance with the terms of the 
Committee, to consider investment recommendations prepared by the Investment Adviser. 
Directors
Quarterly  
Board
Audit and Risk 
Committee
ESG  
Committee
Management 
Engagement 
Committee
Nomination and 
Remuneration 
Committee
Maximum number
4
7
3
5
4
Mike Gerrard2
4
n/a
3
5
4
Giles Adu3
2
3
1
3
1
Julia Bond
4
7
3
5
4
Stephanie Coxon
4
7
3
4
4
Sally-Ann David
4
7
3
5
4
Meriel Lenfestey
4
7
3
5
4
John Le Poidevin
4
7
3
5
4
Giles Frost4 
4
n/a
2
n/a
n/a
1	 Board Committee meetings are formed of any two or more members of the Board and do not require full attendance. All members of the Board are appraised of the matters to be discussed 
at the Committee meeting and have the opportunity to raise questions to the Board Chair, Investment Adviser or other advisers, as required.
2	 Mike Gerrard is not a member of the Audit and Risk Committee but attended these meetings as an observer.
3	 Giles Adu joined the Board on 1 September 2024, at which point there had been two Board meetings, four Audit and Risk Committee meetings, two ESG Committee meetings, two 
Management Engagement Committee meetings and three Nomination and Remuneration Committee meetings. 
4	 Giles Frost is not a member of the Audit and Risk Committee, Management Engagement Committee, Nomination and Remuneration Committee or the Investment Committee. While Giles 
Frost attended the majority of ad hoc Board and Committee meetings, as these meetings considered recommendations from the Investment Adviser, his presence does not count towards 
the quorum so has been excluded from this tally.
The Board has reviewed the composition, structure and diversity of 
the Board, succession planning, the independence of the Directors 
and whether each of the Directors has sufficient time available to 
discharge their duties effectively. The Board confirms that it believes 
it has an appropriate mix of skills and backgrounds, that a majority 
of directors should be considered as independent in accordance 
with the provisions of the AIC Code and that all Directors have the 
time available to discharge their duties effectively. 
Notwithstanding that a number of the independent directors sit 
on the boards of other listed companies, the Board noted that 
these individuals are exclusively non-executive directors and that 
listed investment companies generally require less day-to-day 
responsibility and time commitment than trading companies. 
Furthermore, the Board noted that attendance at all Board and 
Committee meetings during the year was high by all Directors 
and that each Director has always shown the time commitment 
necessary to fully and effectively discharge their duties as a director. 
Accordingly, the Board recommends that shareholders vote 
in favour of the re-election of all Directors who are putting 
themselves forward for re-election at the forthcoming AGM. 
Please refer to page 72 outlining the Board’s approach to diversity 
and re-election. 
RELATIONSHIP WITH ADMINISTRATOR 
AND COMPANY SECRETARY
Ocorian Administration (Guernsey) Limited (‘Ocorian’) acts as 
Administrator and Company Secretary and is responsible to the 
Board under the terms of the Administration Agreement. Noting 
that final responsibility lies with the Board, the Administrator 
ensures compliance with Guernsey Company Law, London Stock 
Exchange listing requirements, the regulatory requirements of the 
Guernsey Financial Services Commission, anti money-laundering 
regulations, corporate governance best practice and observation 
of the Reserved Powers of the Board and in this respect the 
Board receives detailed quarterly reports. The Directors have 
access to the advice and services of the Company Secretary, who 
is responsible to the Board for ensuring that Board procedures 
are followed and that it adheres to applicable legislation, rules and 
regulations as referred to above. 
RELATIONSHIP WITH THE INVESTMENT ADVISER
The Directors are responsible for the overall management and direction of the affairs of the Company. Under the IAA, Amber Fund Management 
Limited (a member of the Amber Infrastructure Group Holdings Limited group of companies) acts as Investment Adviser to the Company to 
review and monitor current investments and to advise the Company in relation to strategic management of the investment portfolio. 
CONTRACTUAL ARRANGEMENTS AND FEES
The Company has a long-standing relationship with the Investment Adviser, and through mechanisms such as the IAA, the Board ensures 
the ongoing alignment of interest between the Company, its shareholders and the Investment Adviser. 
The IAA allows for the provision of investment advisory and certain other financial services to the Board. In return, the Investment Adviser 
previously received fees principally based on the GAV1 of the Company as well as a contribution to expenses. As discussed in the Chair’s 
Letter, as part of the package of measures designed to strengthen the Company’s position in the current environment as well as ensure it is 
well-positioned for the longer-term, the Board and the Investment Adviser have agreed to a change in the fee basis. 
From 1 July 2025, the fees paid to the Investment Adviser in respect of each quarter will be based on the equal weighting of, (i) the 
average of the closing daily market capitalisation of the Company during that quarter, and (ii) the most recently published NAV. Based on 
the current share price discount to the NAV, this fee change is expected to reduce the ongoing management fee by approximately 10% 
per year, providing additional value for shareholders, as well as closer alignment. The basis for the calculation of the previous and new fee 
arrangements are set out below.
Fee basis to 30 June 2025
Fee basis from 1 July 2025
For fully operational assets
1.2% for the first £750m
The GAV of the portfolio
The equal weighting of, (i) the 
average of the closing daily 
market capitalisation, and (ii) the 
most recently published NAV
1.0% for the amount that exceeds £750m but is less than £1.5bn
0.9% for the amount that exceeds £1.5bn but is less than £2.75bn
0.8% for the amount in excess of £2.75bn
For the portion of assets bearing construction risk
1.2% for the portion of the fee basis that bears construction risk 
(i.e. the asset has not fully completed all construction stages including 
any relevant defects period and achieved certification by the relevant 
counterparty and senior lender)
The GAV of the portfolio
The equal weighting of, (i) the 
average of the closing daily 
market capitalisation, and (ii) the 
most recently published NAV
The IAA will include a provision to ensure that the amount of the 
base fee payable under the new fee arrangement cannot exceed the 
amount payable under the existing arrangements.
The Investment Adviser will continue to be entitled to an asset 
origination fee of 1.5% of the value of new investments acquired 
by the Company. It should be noted that, generally, the Investment 
Adviser bears the risk of abortive transaction origination costs.
The Board considers that, given the long-term nature of the 
Company’s investments, its responsibility for the detailed day-to-
day delivery of management services and relationships with public 
sector clients, it is important that it benefits from the continuity of 
service provided by a long-term advisory partner. As a result, the 
new arrangements agreed with the Investment Advisor retain the 
current five-year notice period. To ensure that shareholder interests 
are protected, termination provisions continue to be in place to 
ensure that, in the event of poor investment performance, the 
Company has the ability to remove the Investment Adviser.
The Company and the Investment Adviser have agreed with effect 
from 1 July 2025 to remove the Company’s formal right of first 
refusal over investment opportunities meeting its investment criteria 
that come to the attention of the Investment Adviser or its US-based 
shareholders (Hunt Companies and Boyd Watterson). Both the 
Company and the Investment Adviser are keen to emphasise that 
they do not expect any change in the quality, suitability, diversity 
or volume of investment opportunities being made available to 
INPP as a result of this change and the Investment Adviser fully 
expects to continue its 18-year track record of developing long term 
pipelines of investment opportunities for the Company.
INVESTMENT APPROVAL PROCESS
As outlined above, the Investment Committee, comprised of 
independent directors of the Company, make decisions with 
respect to new investments or divestments after reviewing 
recommendations made by the Company’s Investment Adviser. 
The Investment Adviser has a detailed set of procedures and 
approval processes in relation to the recommendation it makes 
to the Board.
1	 Cash receipts from capital raisings and tap issuances are not included in the GAV for the purposes of the calculation of base fees until such receipts are invested for the first time.
Financial Statements
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
76
77
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Overview
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Strategic Report

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT CONTINUED
It is expected that further investments will be sourced by the 
Investment Adviser. It is likely that some of these investments will 
have been originated and developed by, and in certain cases may 
be acquired from, other members of the Investment Adviser’s 
group. Where that is the case, the conflicts management process 
summarised below is followed.
MANAGING CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
The Company has established detailed procedures to deal with 
conflicts of interest that may arise on investments acquired from 
the Investment Adviser’s group and manage conduct in respect 
of any such acquisitions. The Company’s Board has a majority 
of independent members and a Chair who is independent of 
the Investment Adviser. Each Director is required to inform the 
Board of any potential or actual conflicts of interest prior to Board 
discussions.
The potential conflicts of interest that may arise include when an 
Amber entity is an existing investor in the target entity while an 
associated company, AFML, acts on the ‘buyside’ as Investment 
Adviser to the Company. The IAA contains procedures with the 
intention of ensuring that the terms on which the vendors of 
such assets dispose of their assets are fair and reasonable to the 
vendors; and on the ‘buyside’ the Company as Investment Adviser 
must be satisfied as to the appropriateness of the terms for and 
the price of the acquisition. For more details on the features of this 
procedure please refer to the Company’s latest prospectus available 
on the website: www.internationalpublicpartnerships.com.
The acquisition of all assets, including those from any associate of 
the Investment Adviser is considered and approved in advance by 
the Investment Committee. In considering any such acquisition, the 
Investment Committee will, as it deems necessary, review and ask 
questions of the Buyside Committee of the Investment Adviser and 
the Group’s other advisers and the acquisition will be approved by 
the Committee on the basis of this advice. The purpose of these 
procedures is to ensure that the terms upon which any investment 
is acquired from a member of the Amber group is on an arm’s 
length basis.
RISK MANAGEMENT AND INTERNAL CONTROLS
The Board is responsible for overall risk management with 
delegation provided to the Audit and Risk Committee. The system 
of risk management and internal control has been designed to 
manage, rather than eliminate, the risk of failure to meet the 
business objectives. Regard is given to the materiality of relevant 
risks and therefore the system of internal control cannot provide 
absolute assurance against material misstatement or loss.
This process, which covers the Company and its consolidated 
subsidiaries and therefore the consolidated Group taken as a whole, 
is outlined in further detail in the Risk Report found on pages 52  
to 64.
RELATIONS WITH SHAREHOLDERS 
The Board places great importance on communication with 
shareholders and encourages shareholders to share their views. It 
has responsibility for communication with the investor base and is 
directly involved in major communications and announcements.
The Board receives regular reports on the views of shareholders, 
and the Board Chair and other Directors, including the Senior 
Independent Director, are happy to make themselves available to 
meet shareholders as required. 
During the year, the Company held its Results Presentations online, 
but saw an increase in day-to-day investor relations activities being 
held in person. During 2024, the Investment Adviser and members 
of the Board held formal meetings with over 300 shareholders, 
including the Capital Markets Day, in addition to more informal 
interactions. In addition, the Company held two Investor Meet 
Company webinars to reach its retail shareholders. The Company 
also maintained an active programme of sell-side engagement 
and the Board is informed on a regular basis of all relevant 
market commentary on the Company by the Investment Adviser, 
Administrator and the Company’s Broker. 
In February 2024, the Company held a Capital Markets Day 
which was attended by c.60 institutional investors and sell-
side analysts. Members of the Board and representatives of the 
Investment Adviser were in attendance. Agenda items included: 
a market update which also covered the Company’s approach 
to capital allocation; insights on the Company’s approach to 
asset management; the challenges and opportunities presented 
to infrastructure investors by the transition to net zero; a panel 
discussion with representatives from the Company’s portfolio 
investments, including Cadent and Angel Trains, and public sector 
representation from the IPA. Recordings from the day are available 
on the Company’s website.
The AGM of the Company provides an opportunity for shareholders 
to meet and discuss issues with the Directors and with the 
Investment Adviser. It is the Board’s policy to publish the results of 
the voting at the AGM via the Regulatory News Service (‘RNS’) at 
the completion of the meeting. 
To promote a clear understanding of the Company, its objectives 
and financial results, the Board aims to ensure that information 
relating to the Company is disclosed in a timely manner. The 
Company’s website (www.internationalpublicpartnerships.com) 
enables investors to easily find publicly disclosed documents, 
including Annual Reports and RNS announcements, together with 
additional background information on its assets and corporate 
practice. Investors can register to receive notifications (via email) 
of RNS announcements that the Company issues. The Board 
encourages investors to utilise this useful online resource.
Any shareholder issues of concern, including on corporate 
governance or strategy, can be addressed in writing to the 
Company at its registered office address (see Key Contacts).
MIKE GERRARD
CHAIR
26 March 2025
AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE REPORT
The Audit and Risk Committee (the ‘Committee’ for the purposes 
of this section of the Annual Report) is an essential part of the 
Company’s governance framework. The Board has delegated 
oversight of the Company’s financial reporting, internal controls, 
compliance and external audit to the Committee. The terms of 
reference for the Committee, together with details of the standard 
business considered by the Committee, have been approved 
by the Board and are available on the Company’s website  
(www.internationalpublicpartnerships.com).
The Committee is chaired by Stephanie Coxon, who replaced 
John Le Poidevin as Chair following the AGM in June 2024. 
An overview of the Committee’s work during the year and details 
of how the Committee has discharged its duties are set out below.
COMMITTEE MEETINGS 
The Committee meetings during the year were attended by the 
Investment Adviser and Administrator by invitation. A representative 
of the Company’s external auditor also attended those meetings 
where the annual audit cycle, the Annual Report and financial 
statements and the half-yearly financial report were considered. 
The Audit and Risk Committee is comprised of the full Board, 
with the exception of Mike Gerrard as Board Chair and Giles 
Frost as a Non-Independent Director. All Committee members are 
considered to be appropriately experienced to fulfil their role, having 
significant, recent and relevant financial experience in line with the 
UK Corporate Governance Code. Biographies of the Committee 
members can be found on pages 68 to 69.
COMMITTEE AGENDA
The Committee’s agenda during the year included:
– Review of the Company’s risk profile, specific risks and mitigation
practices, including a focus on emerging risks;
– Assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control
systems, including coordinating an in-depth review of key internal
controls at the Investment Adviser’s office;
– Review of the regulatory environment within which the Company
operates;
– Review of the Committee’s adherence to the FRC’s Audit
Committees and the External Audit: Minimum Standard;
– Review of the Annual Report and financial statements and
half-yearly financial report and matters raised by the Investment
Adviser and the external auditors (including significant financial
reporting judgements and estimates therein), including
consideration of the positive FRC review observations;
– Review of the appropriateness of the Company’s accounting
policies;
– Consideration and challenging of the draft valuation of the
Company’s investments prepared by the Investment Adviser and
recommendations made to the Board on the appropriateness of
the portfolio valuation;
– Review of the effectiveness, objectivity and independence
of the external auditors, and the terms of engagement, cost
effectiveness and the scope of the audit; and
– Approving the external auditor’s plan for the current year end.
STEPHANIE COXON
CHAIR, AUDIT & RISK COMMITTEE
Financial Statements
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
78
79
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Overview
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Strategic Report

AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
KEY ACTIVITIES CONSIDERED DURING THE YEAR 
The Committee undertook the following activities in discharging 
its responsibilities during the year:
FINANCIAL REPORTING 
The Committee reviewed the Company’s Annual Report and 
financial statements, the half-yearly financial report and interim 
quarterly updates prior to approval by the Board and advised the 
Board with respect to meeting the Company’s financial reporting 
obligations. The Committee reviewed the Company’s accounting 
policies and practices, including approval of critical accounting 
policies; consideration of the appropriateness of significant 
judgements and estimates; and advising the Board as to its views 
on whether the Annual Report and financial statements, taken as a 
whole, was fair, balanced and understandable.
The Committee considered the most significant accounting 
judgement exercised in preparing the consolidated financial 
statements to be the basis for determining the fair value of the 
Company’s investments, as detailed below.
Fair Value of Investments 
The Company’s investments are typically in unlisted securities, 
including shares and debt, hence market prices for such 
investments are not typically readily available. Instead, the Company 
uses a discounted cash flow methodology and benchmarks the 
valuation inputs to market comparables in order to derive the 
Directors’ valuation of investments.
Valuations are prepared by the Investment Adviser and the 
methodology requires a series of judgements to be made, as 
explained in note 11 to the financial statements. The valuation 
process and methodology were discussed with the Investment 
Adviser regularly during the year. Key areas of focus subject to 
challenge were also discussed with the auditor as part of the year-
end audit planning and interim review processes. The Committee 
challenged the Investment Adviser on the year-end fair value 
of investments as part of its consideration of the audited 
financial statements. 
During the year, the Committee reviewed the Investment Adviser’s 
quarterly valuation reports, reports on the performance of the 
underlying assets and the Investment Adviser’s assessment of 
macroeconomic assumptions. No significant changes were made in 
the year to the approach in the valuation process and the Investment 
Adviser confirmed that the valuation methodology has been applied 
consistently with prior years. The Committee also reviewed and 
challenged the reasonableness of the valuation assumptions (which 
include the underlying cash flows, discount rates, interest rates, 
foreign exchange rates, inflation rates and tax rates). 
The Committee scrutinised the quality and findings of the external 
auditor in relation to their audit of the valuations, including its 
assessment of the Investment Adviser’s underlying cash flow 
projections and assumptions; macroeconomic assumptions; and 
discount rate methodology and output. The auditor confirmed no 
material adjustments were proposed. 
The Committee concluded that a consistent valuation methodology 
has been applied throughout the year and any forecast assumptions 
applied were appropriate.
Revenue recognition
The Committee has considered the risk of inappropriate accounting 
recognition of revenue to be a relatively low risk given the nature of 
the Company’s activities.
Internal controls over financial reporting
The Committee satisfied itself that the system of internal control 
and compliance over financial reporting was effective, through 
consideration of regular reports from the Investment Adviser, 
the Administrator and external third-party advisers. The Audit 
Committee also conducted an in-depth review of key internal 
controls at the Investment Adviser’s offices. The primary areas 
covered included valuations, asset management, ESG, and 
risk management.
The Committee also considered the adequacy of resources, 
qualifications and experience of staff in the finance function and 
had direct access to and independent discussions with the external 
auditor throughout the year.
Fair, balanced and understandable
The Committee seeks to establish arrangements to ensure fair, 
balanced and understandable reporting. The Committee engaged 
in extensive dialogue with the Investment Adviser throughout the 
year and considered the interim and annual financial statements as 
well as quarterly updates and reports prepared by the Investment 
Adviser. Following review of the Company’s 2024 Annual Report 
and financial statements, the Committee advised the Board that, 
in its opinion, the Annual Report and financial statements, taken 
as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the 
information necessary to assess the Company’s performance, 
operating model and strategy.
FRC Review
During the year, the FRC’s Corporate Reporting Review team, as 
part of its obligations under the Companies Act 2006, performed a 
routine review of the Company’s 2023 Annual Report and financial 
statements. The Committee is pleased to report that the FRC had 
no immediate questions or queries to raise following the review. 
In pursuit of continuous improvement in the quality of corporate 
reporting, the Committee has taken into account any additional 
recommendations made by the FRC when preparing the current 
Annual Report and financial statements. The FRC review provides 
no assurance that our Annual Report and financial statements 
were correct in all material respects; the FRC’s role is not to 
verify the information provided but to consider compliance with 
reporting requirements. 
EXTERNAL AUDITOR 
The Committee recommended to the Board the scope and terms 
of engagement of the external auditor. The Committee considered 
auditor objectivity and independence, audit tenure, audit tendering 
and auditor effectiveness, as detailed below.
Objectivity and independence 
In assessing the objectivity of the auditor, the Committee considered 
the terms under which the external auditor may be appointed to 
perform non-audit services, mindful of the ethical standards for 
auditors and auditor independence. 
Under the Company’s policy for non-audit services, there is a list of 
permitted services for which the external auditor may be engaged, 
where the Committee considers that the provision of such services 
would not necessarily impact its independence. Potential services 
to be provided by the external auditor with an expected value of 
up to £50,000, and which are permitted by the policy, must be 
pre-approved by the Chair of the Committee; any services above 
this value require pre-approval by the full Audit and Risk Committee. 
Non-audit fees represented 9% of total audit fees during the year 
under review, relating only to the half-yearly review. PwC undertook 
its standard independence and objectivity procedures in relation to 
non-audit engagements and confirmed compliance with these to 
the Committee. Further details on the amounts of non-audit fees 
paid to the auditor are set out in note 7 to the financial statements. 
These were reported to us and were not considered to be a 
significant risk impacting the objectivity and independence of PwC 
as external auditor.
Review of auditor effectiveness 
The Committee performs an annual review of the objectivity, quality 
and effectiveness of the audit, with consideration where appropriate 
given to FRC Audit Quality Inspection Reports and FRC Practice 
Aid guidance. The Committee conducted an in-depth review of 
the auditor’s performance and the Committee was satisfied in this 
regard. This was facilitated through discussions with the external 
auditor, the completion of a questionnaire by relevant stakeholders 
(including members of the Committee and senior members of the 
Investment Adviser’s finance team), review and challenge of the 
audit plan for consistency with the Company’s financial statement 
risks, and review of the audit findings report. In accordance with the 
relevant Corporate Governance Code principles, the Committee will 
continue to review the effectiveness of the external auditor in line 
with best practice. 
Review of auditor’s remuneration 
The Committee carried out a review of the proposed audit fees 
for 2024. The audit fee for the Group (including unconsolidated 
subsidiaries) increased on the prior year as a result of inflation and 
scope changes. The Committee considers that the audit fees for 
the current year are in line with the market and therefore represent 
good value for money for the Company’s shareholders.
Audit tendering and tenure 
The Committee annually considers the reappointment of the external 
auditor, including rotation of the audit partner. The external auditor is 
required to rotate the audit partner responsible for the Group audit 
every five years and the year to 31 December 2024 was the fourth 
year for John Luff, the current lead audit partner. The Committee 
remains actively engaged in endeavouring to ensure an appropriate 
level of continuity of the team.
RISK MANAGEMENT
During the year, the Committee continued to ensure that the 
Company’s risk management framework and processes remained 
effective in managing the Company’s risks. Areas of note for the 
year are discussed below. A review of significant developments 
relating to the Company’s risks arising in the year can be found in 
the Risk Management section of this Report, starting on page 52. 
Viability assessment
The Committee carried out a robust assessment of the principal 
and emerging risks facing the Company with a view to identifying 
risks which may impact the Company’s viability. Detailed stress 
tests, including an impact assessment on the Company’s forecasted 
cash flows, showed significant resilience in the Company’s ability 
to remain viable. The results of the risk assessment process are 
detailed in the Viability Statement on page 65.
Controls review
As part of the Company’s ongoing cycle of annual controls 
reviews, during the year an independent external review of the 
Company’s controls framework in relation to ESG data collection 
was completed. The review concluded that the controls in place 
are suitably designed and effective in the management of ESG data 
collection, quantification and disclosure. 
Climate change
The Committee continued to strengthen the Company’s approach 
to managing climate change risk. During the year, continued efforts 
were made to embed climate change further in the reporting and 
risk management process. Further details can be found in the 
Responsible Investment section from page 40, and in the review 
of principal and emerging risks, from page 57. 
REGULATORY AND TAX ENVIRONMENT 
The Committee received regular reports from the Administrator and 
Investment Adviser on regulation and regulatory developments. The 
Company continues to maintain compliance with the requirements 
of the Common Reporting Standard, the Retail distribution of 
unregulated collective investment schemes (regulation which the 
Company remains excluded from), the UK Criminal Finance Act 
2017, Alternative Investment Fund Managers Directive (‘AIFMD’), 
The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (‘FATCA’), and UK 
Packaged Retail and Insurance-based Investment Products (EU 
Exit) Regulations 2019 as amended (‘UK PRIIPs’). 
The Committee reviewed the Company’s adherence to the Audit 
Committees and the External Audit: Minimum Standard (issued by 
the FRC during 2023), and concluded that the Company meets or 
exceeds the requirements contained therein. The Committee notes 
that in respect of the requirement to review the FRC’s annual report 
on the auditor as part of their oversight of auditor responsibilities, 
that the FRC’s reports on Crown Dependency audit firms are 
confidential private documents and therefore the Committee instead 
held discussions with the external auditors to ascertain whether any 
issues were raised in the FRC’s report on the audit firm that needed 
to be brought to the attention of the Committee.
FOCUS FOR 2025 
The Company will continue to focus on the impacts arising from 
the current economic environment and wider market sentiment, 
keep focus on regular and routine matters, as well as continuing 
to monitor any political, tax and regulatory developments in its 
applicable geographies.
STEPHANIE COXON
CHAIR, AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE
26 March 2025
Financial Statements
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
80
81
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Overview
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Strategic Report

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
INTRODUCTION
The Directors present their Annual Report on the performance of 
the Company and Group for the year ended 31 December 2024.
PRINCIPAL ACTIVITY
The Company is a limited liability, Guernsey-incorporated and 
domiciled, authorised closed-ended investment company under 
Companies (Guernsey) Law, 2008. The Company’s shares have a 
premium listing on the Official List of the UK Listing Authority and 
are traded on the main market of the London Stock Exchange. The 
Chair’s Letter and Strategic Report contain a review of the business 
during the year. A Corporate Governance Report is provided on 
pages 70 to 78.
DIRECTORS’ INDEMNITIES
The Company has made qualifying third-party indemnity provisions 
for the benefit of its Directors, which were made during the year and 
remain in force at the date of this Report.
SUBSTANTIAL SHAREHOLDINGS
As at 31 December 2024, the Company had been notified, in 
accordance with Chapter 5 of the Disclosure Guidance and 
Transparency Rules, of the following interests in 5% or more of the 
Company’s Ordinary Shares to which voting rights are attached:
Name of holder
% Issued capital
No. of  
Ordinary Shares
Date notified
Investec Wealth 
& Investment
13.39
255,668,619
6 May 2022
On 24 February 2025, a TR-1 Standard form for notification of 
major holdings was issued to declare that Rathbones Investment 
Management Ltd hold 14.99% issued capital and 280,270,488 
shares in the Company. Investec Wealth & Investment has been a 
part of Rathbones Group Plc since 2023.
DIRECTORS’ AUTHORITY TO BUYBACK SHARES AND 
TREASURY SHARES
The Company commenced its share buyback programme in 
January 2024. In September 2024, the Company announced 
its intention to increase the existing share buyback programme 
from £30m to up to £60m and extend the programme to the 
end of March 2025. As at 31 December 2024, £42.9m worth of 
shares had been bought back. The Company intends to increase 
the capital being returned to investors by a further £140m from 
the current programme of up to £60m, to a programme of up to 
£200m, over the period to 31 March 2026. It is intended that the 
return of capital will be funded by a combination of divestments and 
surplus operating cash flow generated. While it is expected that the 
programme may be delivered through share buybacks, other forms 
of capital returns may also be considered. 
The current authority of the Company to make market purchases 
of up to 14.99% of the issued Ordinary Share Capital expires on 
2 June 2025. The Company will seek to renew such authority 
at the AGM to take place on 3 June 2025. Any buyback of 
Ordinary Shares will be made subject to Guernsey law and within 
any guidelines established from time-to-time by the Board and 
the making and timing of any buybacks will be at the absolute 
discretion of the Board. 
Purchases of Ordinary Shares will only be made through the 
market at prices below the prevailing NAV of the Ordinary Shares 
(as last calculated) where the Directors believe such purchases will 
enhance shareholder value. Such purchases will also only be made 
in accordance with the Listing Rules of the UK Listing Authority, 
which provide that the price to be paid must not be more than 5% 
above the average of the middle market quotations for the Ordinary 
Shares for the five business days before the shares are purchased 
(unless previously advised to shareholders). No such shares were 
bought back by the Company during the prior year. Up to 10% of 
the Company’s shares may be held as treasury shares.
GOING CONCERN
The Company and Group’s business activities, together with 
the factors likely to affect the Company’s future development, 
performance and position, are set out in the Strategic Report on 
pages 4 to 65. The financial position, cash flows, liquidity position 
and borrowing of the Company and Group are described in the 
financial statements from page 84. 
The Directors have considered significant areas of possible financial 
risk, and comprehensive financial forecasts have been prepared and 
submitted to the Board for review. The Directors have, based on the 
information contained in these forecasts and the assessment of the 
committed banking facilities in place, formed a judgement, at the 
time of approving the financial statements, that the Company (and 
consolidated subsidiaries) have adequate resources to continue in 
operational existence for the 15 month going concern assessment 
review period, and at least 12 months from the approvals of these 
financial statements. 
After consideration, the Directors are satisfied that it is appropriate 
to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the 
financial statements. 
DIRECTOR DECLARATION
Each person who is a Director at the date of approval of this Annual 
Report confirms that:
– So far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit
information of which the Company’s external auditor is unaware;
– Each Director has taken all the steps that he/she ought to have
taken as a Director in order to make himself/herself aware of any
relevant audit information and to establish that the Company’s
auditor is aware of that information. This confirmation is given
and should be interpreted in accordance with the provisions of
Section 249 of the Companies (Guernsey) Law, 2008.
MIKE GERRARD
STEPHANIE COXON
CHAIR
DIRECTOR
26 March 2025
26 March 2025
DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES STATEMENT
The Directors are responsible for preparing financial statements 
for each year which give a true and fair view, in accordance 
with applicable Guernsey law and UK adopted international 
accounting standards, of the state of affairs of the Company and its 
consolidated subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) and of the profit or loss of 
the Group for that year. In preparing those financial statements, the 
Directors are required to:
– Select suitable accounting policies and then apply them
consistently;
– Make judgements and estimates that are reasonable;
– State whether applicable accounting standards have been
followed, subject to any material departures disclosed and
explained in the financial statements; and
– Prepare the financial statements on a going concern basis
unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group will
continue in business.
The Directors confirm that they have complied with the above 
requirements in preparing the financial statements. 
The Directors are responsible for keeping proper accounting 
records, which disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time, the 
financial position of the Group and enable them to ensure that the 
financial statements comply with the Companies (Guernsey) Law, 
2008. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the 
Group and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention 
and detection of fraud, error and non-compliance with law 
and regulations.
The maintenance and integrity of the Company’s website is the 
responsibility of the Directors; the work carried out by the auditor 
does not involve considerations of these matters and, accordingly, 
the auditor accepts no responsibility for any change that may 
have occurred to the financial statements since they were initially 
presented on the website. Legislation in Guernsey governing the 
preparation and dissemination of the financial statements may differ 
from legislation in other jurisdictions.
RESPONSIBILITY STATEMENT OF THE DIRECTORS 
IN RESPECT OF THE ANNUAL REPORT AND 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The Directors each confirm to the best of their knowledge that:
– The consolidated financial statements, prepared in accordance
with UK adopted international accounting standards, give a true
and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and net
return of the Group; and
– The Annual Report and financial statements includes a fair review
of the development and performance of the business and the
position of the Group, together with a description of the principal
risks and uncertainties faced.
DIRECTORS’ STATEMENT UNDER THE UK CORPORATE 
GOVERNANCE CODE
The Board, as advised by the Audit and Risk Committee, has 
considered the Annual Report and financial statements and, taken 
as a whole, consider it to be fair, balanced and understandable and 
that it provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess 
the Company’s performance, business model and strategy.
By order of the Board
MIKE GERRARD
STEPHANIE COXON 
CHAIR
DIRECTOR
26 March 2025
26 March 2025
Financial Statements
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
82
83
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Overview
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Strategic Report

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT 
TO THE MEMBERS OF INTERNATIONAL PUBLIC PARTNERSHIPS LIMITED 
REPORT ON THE AUDIT OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
OUR OPINION
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements give a true and fair view of the consolidated financial position of International Public 
Partnerships Limited (the “company”) and its subsidiaries (together “the group”) as at 31 December 2024, and of their consolidated financial 
performance and their consolidated cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards 
and have been properly prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies (Guernsey) Law, 2008. 
WHAT WE HAVE AUDITED 
The group’s consolidated financial statements comprise:
– the consolidated balance sheet as at 31 December 2024;
– the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year then ended;
– the consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year then ended;
– the consolidated cash flow statement for the year then ended; and
– the notes to the consolidated financial statements, comprising material accounting policy information and other explanatory information.
BASIS FOR OPINION
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (“ISAs”). Our responsibilities under those standards are 
further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the consolidated financial statements section of our report.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. 
INDEPENDENCE
We are independent of the group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the consolidated financial 
statements of the group, as required by the Crown Dependencies’ Audit Rules and Guidance. We have fulfilled our other ethical 
responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.
OUR AUDIT APPROACH
OVERVIEW
Audit scope
– The company is a closed-ended investment company, incorporated in Guernsey, whose ordinary shares are admitted to trading on the
Main Market of the London Stock Exchange;
– The group comprises both consolidated and unconsolidated entities. As disclosed under note 1 to the consolidated financial statements,
the company meets the definition of an ‘investment entity’ in accordance with IFRS 10 ‘Consolidated Financial Statements’ and therefore
accounts for its subsidiaries, with the exception of certain subsidiaries that are not themselves investment entities, at fair value through
profit or loss under IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’. The company only consolidates those subsidiaries that are not themselves investment
entities and whose main purpose is to provide services relating to the company’s investment activities;
– We conducted our audit of the consolidated financial statements in Guernsey principally using the consolidated financial information
and supporting documentation provided by Amber Fund Management Limited (“Amber”) and Ocorian Administration (Guernsey) Limited
(“Ocorian”); both of whom the board of directors have delegated the provision of certain functions to; and
– We tailored the scope of our audit, and structured our audit team to incorporate support from our PwC valuation experts, taking into
account the nature and industry sector of the assets held within the investment portfolio; the involvement of third parties referred to above
and the accounting processes and controls.
Key audit matters
– Risk of fraud in revenue recognition
– Fair value measurement of investments at fair value through profit or loss
Materiality
– Overall group materiality: £67.9 million (2023: £72.9 million) based on 2.5% of equity attributable to equity holders of the parent (i.e net
asset value)
– Performance materiality: £50.9 million (2023: £54.6 million)
THE SCOPE OF OUR AUDIT 
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the consolidated financial 
statements. In particular, we considered where the directors made subjective judgements; for example, in respect of significant accounting 
estimates that involved making assumptions and considering future events that are inherently uncertain. As in all of our audits, we also 
addressed the risk of management override of internal controls, including among other matters, consideration of whether there was evidence 
of bias that represented a risk of material misstatement due to fraud.
KEY AUDIT MATTERS
Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditor’s professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the consolidated 
financial statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to 
fraud) identified by the auditor, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in 
the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters, and any comments we make on the results of our procedures 
thereon, were addressed in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, 
and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.
This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.
Key audit matter
How our audit addressed the key audit matter
Risk of fraud in 
revenue recognition 
Interest income of £108.6 
million and dividend 
income of £93.4 million, 
as disclosed in the 
consolidated statement 
of comprehensive income 
and note 4, are measured 
in accordance with 
their respective stated 
accounting policies.
Given the significance 
of these amounts, we 
considered the risk that 
management may seek 
to manipulate revenue 
in order to report the 
desired level of return 
to investors, to be a 
significant audit risk, and 
accordingly this has been 
reported as a key audit 
matter.
– We assessed that the interest and dividend income recognition accounting policies are in compliance with
the financial reporting framework and checked that these have been applied appropriately.
– We understood and evaluated the internal control environment in place at the group around the recognition
of interest and dividend income.
– We performed the following substantive audit procedures to test revenue and check for any indication of
fraudulent manipulation:
– On a sample basis, we agreed dividend income to the relevant supporting documentation, including
dividend notices or board approvals, and traced the cash receipts to the relevant bank statements;
– On a sample basis, we recalculated interest income based on the contractual agreements in place;
– On a sample basis, we traced the cash received to date to the relevant bank statements, and checked
that any interest due but not received is appropriately accrued for at year end;
– We ensured that interest and dividends were recorded in the correct financial year by recalculating
accrued interest based on contractual terms and inspecting evidence for recorded dividends. We
obtained further evidence over cut-off through our audit work performed on investment valuations,
specifically through ‘lookback’ testing in which we compared the actual vs forecasted cash flows and
investigated variances exceeding an established threshold; and
– We included specific consideration of any unusual journals impacting revenue within our journals testing
as well as consideration of post year end journals to check for indications of cut-off concerns.
We have no matters to report to those charged with governance. 
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
84
85
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
Corporate Governance

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT 
TO THE MEMBERS OF INTERNATIONAL PUBLIC PARTNERSHIPS LIMITED CONTINUED
Key audit matter
How our audit addressed the key audit matter
Fair value 
measurement of 
investments at fair 
value through profit 
or loss
The investment portfolio, 
valued at £2.6 billion at 
year end as disclosed in 
the consolidated balance 
sheet and note 11, 
comprises investments in 
infrastructure companies 
which largely generate 
long-term predictable 
cash flows.
The valuation of the 
group’s investment 
portfolio involves 
complexity and subjective 
management estimates 
as disclosed in note 
2 to the consolidated 
financial statements. 
The magnitude of the 
amounts involved means 
that there is the potential 
for material misstatement.
Since the driver of the 
group’s net asset value 
is the valuation of the 
investment portfolio, this 
is the key area of focus 
for stakeholders and a 
significant audit risk area, 
and accordingly this has 
been reported as a key 
audit matter.
– We assessed the investment valuation accounting policy for compliance with the financial reporting 
framework and checked that the investments have been measured accordingly.
– We understood and evaluated the group’s processes, internal controls and methodology applied in 
determining the fair value of the investment portfolio and tailored our audit approach accordingly.
– We tested the controls, which in our judgment are key in relation to investments at fair value through profit 
or loss, by inspecting evidence of appropriate review and approval of the significant assumptions impacting 
the valuation models (including macroeconomic assumptions and discount rates), as well as the quarterly 
performance and actual vs forecast distribution variance analysis and certain investment model review 
controls.
– We performed the following substantive procedures:
– We assessed the appropriateness of the discount rates and key macro-economic assumptions which 
impact the entire investment portfolio, with the support of our valuation experts as described further below.
– We obtained the overall fair value reconciliation of opening to closing fair value from management and 
corroborated significant fair value movements during the year, thereby assessing the reasonableness and 
completeness of the movements in fair value for the year.
– We stratified the portfolio based on the nature of the underlying assets and performed a ‘lookback’ 
comparison of the forecast vs actual cash flows for the current financial year for each stratification 
category.
– On a sample basis, we performed detailed testing on valuation models and significant inputs for the 
selected sample, which was selected via risk and value-based targeted sampling comprising 64% of the 
investment portfolio by value. This testing entailed challenging key inputs in the models and obtaining 
appropriate supporting documentation and evidence.
– With the support of our PwC valuation experts, we corroborated and challenged the significant 
assumptions made by management in valuing the risk-based selected sample of assets, as well as 
performed a sensitivity analysis of significant subjective assumptions and checked the reasonableness of 
the overall valuation of these assets with reference to comparable market transactions and our experts’ 
market knowledge; and
– With further support from our PwC valuation experts, we considered the reasonableness of the overall 
portfolio valuation with reference to our industry understanding and assessment of the fair value analysis 
prepared by Amber on behalf of, and subject to the review and approval of, the Directors.
– Further substantive tests performed over the risk and value-based sample of investments included:
– Back testing comparison of the forecast vs actual cash flows for the current financial year earned on each 
individual asset in the sample; and
– Utilisation of a software tool to test the model integrity for each individual asset selected in our sample.
– In addition to the controls testing and substantive testing performed over the entire portfolio, as detailed 
above, we performed a risk-based year on year variance analysis to identify, and investigate, any unusual 
movements within the remaining 36% of the portfolio.
– On a sample basis, we obtained third party evidence of investment holdings and corroborated the details 
obtained with the records held by the group and those used for investment valuation purposes to ascertain 
ownership and existence.
We have no matters to report to those charged with governance.
HOW WE TAILORED THE AUDIT SCOPE
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the consolidated financial 
statements as a whole, taking into account the structure of the group, the accounting processes and controls, the industry in which the 
group operates, and we considered the risk of climate change and the potential impact thereof on our audit approach.
We have considered whether the consolidated subsidiary entities included within the group comprise separate components for the purpose 
of our audit scope. However, having taken account of the group’s financial reporting systems and the related controls in place at Ocorian 
and Amber, and based on our professional judgement, we have tailored our audit scope to account for the group’s consolidated financial 
statements as a single component.
MATERIALITY 
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. These, together 
with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on 
the individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both individually and in aggregate 
on the consolidated financial statements as a whole.
Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the consolidated financial statements as a whole as follows:
Overall group materiality
£67.9 million (2023: £72.9 million)
How we determined it
2.5% of the equity attributable to equity holders of the parent (i.e. net asset value)
Rationale for benchmark applied
We believe that net assets is the most appropriate benchmark because this is the key metric of 
interest to investors. It is also a generally accepted measure used for companies in this industry.
We use performance materiality to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected 
misstatements exceeds overall materiality. Specifically, we use performance materiality in determining the scope of our audit and the nature 
and extent of our testing of account balances, classes of transactions and disclosures, for example in determining sample sizes. Our 
performance materiality was 75% (2023: 75%) of overall materiality, amounting to £50.9 million (2023: £54.6 million) for the group financial 
statements.
In determining the performance materiality, we considered a number of factors – the history of misstatements, risk assessment and 
aggregation risk and the effectiveness of controls – and concluded that an amount at the upper end of our normal range was appropriate.
We agreed with the those charged with governance that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above £3.4 
million (2023: £3.6 million) as well as misstatements below that amount that, in our view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.
REPORTING ON OTHER INFORMATION
The other information comprises all the information included in the Annual Report and Financial Statements (the “Annual Report”) but does 
not include the consolidated financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. The directors are responsible for the other information.
Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not express any form of assurance 
conclusion thereon. 
In connection with our audit of the consolidated financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, 
consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the consolidated financial statements or our knowledge obtained in 
the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material 
misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report based on these responsibilities.
RESPONSIBILITIES FOR THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND THE AUDIT
RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE DIRECTORS FOR THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As explained more fully in the Directors’ Responsibilities Statement, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the consolidated 
financial statements that give a true and fair view in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards, the requirements 
of Guernsey law and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial 
statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. 
In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group’s ability to continue as a going 
concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors 
either intend to liquidate the group or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.
AUDITOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES FOR THE AUDIT OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level 
of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs will always detect a material misstatement when it 
exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in aggregate, they could reasonably be 
expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated financial statements. 
Our audit testing might include testing complete populations of certain transactions and balances, possibly using data auditing techniques. 
However, it typically involves selecting a limited number of items for testing, rather than testing complete populations. We will often seek to 
target particular items for testing based on their size or risk characteristics. In other cases, we will use audit sampling to enable us to draw a 
conclusion about the population from which the sample is selected.
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
86
87
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
Corporate Governance

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT 
TO THE MEMBERS OF INTERNATIONAL PUBLIC PARTNERSHIPS LIMITED CONTINUED
As part of an audit in accordance with ISAs, we exercise professional judgement and maintain professional scepticism throughout the audit. 
We also:
– Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and
perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our
opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may
involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.
– Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the
circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the group’s internal control.
– Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made
by the directors.
– Conclude on the appropriateness of the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence
obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the group’s ability to
continue as a going concern over a period of at least twelve months from the date of approval of the consolidated financial statements.
If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the
consolidated financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit
evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future events or conditions may cause the group to cease to continue
as a going concern.
– Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the consolidated financial statements, including the disclosures, and whether
the consolidated financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation.
– Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business activities within the group to
express an opinion on the consolidated financial statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and performance of the
group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion.
We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and 
significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit. 
We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding 
independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our 
independence, and where applicable, related safeguards.
From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determine those matters that were of most significance in the 
audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current period and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in 
our auditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we 
determine that a matter should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be 
expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication.
USE OF THIS REPORT 
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the members as a body in accordance with Section 262 of The 
Companies (Guernsey) Law, 2008 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any 
other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our 
prior consent in writing.
REPORT ON OTHER LEGAL AND REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
COMPANY LAW EXCEPTION REPORTING
Under The Companies (Guernsey) Law, 2008 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:
– we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit;
– proper accounting records have not been kept; or
– the consolidated financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records.
We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT
The Listing Rules require us to review the directors’ statements in relation to going concern, longer-term viability and that part of the 
corporate governance statement relating to the company’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code specified 
for our review. Our additional responsibilities with respect to the corporate governance statement as other information are described in the 
Reporting on other information section of this report.
The company has reported compliance against the 2019 AIC Code of Corporate Governance (the “Code”) which has been endorsed by the 
UK Financial Reporting Council as being consistent with the UK Corporate Governance Code for the purposes of meeting the company’s 
obligations, as an investment company, under the Listing Rules of the FCA.
Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the corporate governance 
statement, included within the Strategic Report and Corporate Governance section is materially consistent with the consolidated financial 
statements and our knowledge obtained during the audit, and we have nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to:
– The directors’ confirmation that they have carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and principal risks;
– The disclosures in the Annual Report that describe those principal risks, what procedures are in place to identify emerging risks and an
explanation of how these are being managed or mitigated;
– The directors’ statement in the consolidated financial statements about whether they considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern
basis of accounting in preparing them, and their identification of any material uncertainties to the group’s ability to continue to do so over a
period of at least twelve months from the date of approval of the consolidated financial statements;
– The directors’ explanation as to their assessment of the group’s prospects, the period this assessment covers and why the period is
appropriate; and
– The directors’ statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation that the company will be able to continue in operation and
meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of its assessment, including any related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary
qualifications or assumptions.
Our review of the directors’ statement regarding the longer-term viability of the group was substantially less in scope than an audit and 
only consisted of making inquiries and considering the directors’ process supporting their statements; checking that the statements are 
in alignment with the relevant provisions of the Code; and considering whether the statement is consistent with the consolidated financial 
statements and our knowledge and understanding of the group and its environment obtained in the course of the audit.
In addition, based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the corporate 
governance statement is materially consistent with the consolidated financial statements and our knowledge obtained during the audit:
– The directors’ statement that they consider the Annual Report, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable, and provides the
information necessary for the members to assess the group’s position, performance, business model and strategy;
– The section of the Annual Report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk management and internal control systems; and
– The section of the Annual Report describing the work of the Audit and Risk Committee.
We have nothing to report in respect of our responsibility to report when the directors’ statement relating to the company’s compliance with 
the Code does not properly disclose a departure from a relevant provision of the Code specified under the Listing Rules for review by the 
auditors.
OTHER MATTER
The company is required by the Financial Conduct Authority Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules to include these consolidated 
financial statements in an annual financial report prepared under the structured digital format required by DTR 4.1.15R – 4.1.18R and filed on 
the National Storage Mechanism of the Financial Conduct Authority. This auditor’s report provides no assurance over whether the structured 
digital format annual financial report has been prepared in accordance with those requirements.
JOHN LUFF
FOR AND ON BEHALF OF PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS CI LLP
Chartered Accountants and Recognised Auditor
Guernsey, Channel Islands
26 March 2025
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
88
89
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
Corporate Governance

Notes
Year ended
31 December 2024
£’000s
Year ended
31 December 2023
£’000s
Interest income
4
108,617
107,756
Dividend income
4
93,424
81,396
Net change in investments at fair value through profit or loss
4
(164,852)
(123,080)
Total investment income
37,189
66,072
Other operating income
5
2,438
5,944
Total income
39,627
72,016
Management costs
17
(30,706)
(32,251)
Administrative costs
(2,366)
(2,420)
Transaction costs
6, 17
(1,612)
(1,621)
Directors’ fees
(510)
(475)
Total expenses
(35,194)
(36,767)
Profit before finance costs and tax
4,433
35,249
Finance costs
8
(3,952)
(7,284)
Profit before tax
481
27,965
Tax charge 
9
(16)
(104)
Profit for the year
465
27,861
Earnings per share
Basic and diluted (pence)
10
0.02
1.46
All results are from continuing operations in the year.
All income is attributable to the equity holders of the parent. There are no non-controlling interests within the Consolidated Group.
There are no other Comprehensive Income items in the current year (2023: nil). The profit for the year represents the Total Comprehensive 
Income for the year. 
The notes on pages 94 to 112 form an integral part of these financial statements.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2024
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2024
Notes
Share capital and  
share premium  
£’000s
Other distributable 
reserve  
£’000s
Retained  
earnings  
£’000s
Total  
£’000s
Balance at 1 January 2024
2,231,276
182,481
502,381
2,916,138
Profit for the year and total 
comprehensive income
–
–
465
465
Acquisition of treasury shares
15
–
(43,130)
–
(43,130)
Dividends in the year
15
–
–
(156,849)
(156,849)
Balance at 31 December 2024
2,231,276
139,351
345,997
2,716,624
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2023
Notes
Share capital and  
share premium  
£’000s
Other distributable  
reserve  
£’000s
Retained  
earnings  
£’000s
Total  
£’000s
Balance at 1 January 2023
2,231,276
182,481
626,082
3,039,839
Profit for the year and total 
comprehensive income
–
–
27,861
27,861
Dividends in the year
15
–
–
(151,562)
(151,562)
Balance at 31 December 2023
2,231,276
182,481
502,381
2,916,138
The notes on pages 94 to 112 form an integral part of these financial statements.
90
91
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Financial Statements
Corporate Governance

Notes
31 December 2024
£’000s
31 December 2023
£’000s
Non-current assets
Investments at fair value through profit or loss
11
2,593,056
2,818,903
Total non-current assets
2,593,056
2,818,903
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
11
76,451
128,561
Trade and other receivables 
11, 13
55,810
43,297
Derivative financial instruments
11
3,229
1,424
Total current assets
135,490
173,282
Total assets
2,728,546
2,992,185
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
11, 14
11,922
11,047
Total current liabilities
11,922
11,047
Non-current liabilities
Bank loans
8, 11
–
65,000
Total non-current liabilities
–
65,000
Total liabilities
11,922
76,047
Net assets
2,716,624
2,916,138
Equity
Share capital and share premium
15
2,231,276
2,231,276
Other distributable reserve
15
139,351
182,481
Retained earnings
15
345,997
502,381
Equity attributable to equity holders of the parent
2,716,624
2,916,138
Net assets per share (p per share)
16
144.7
152.6
The notes on pages 94 to 112 form an integral part of these financial statements.
The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 26 March 2025.
They were signed on its behalf by:
MIKE GERRARD		
STEPHANIE COXON
CHAIR
DIRECTOR
26 March 2025		
26 March 2025
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2024
CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2024
Notes
Year ended
31 December 2024
£’000s
Year ended
31 December 2023
£’000s
Operating activities
Profit before tax in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income1
481
27,965
Adjusted for:
Loss / (gain) on investments at fair value through profit or loss
4
164,852
123,080
Finance costs2
8
3,952
7,284
Fair value movement on derivative financial instruments
5, 11
(1,805)
(3,250)
Decrease in receivables
(12,015)
1,468
(Decrease) / increase in payables
(945)
(2,872)
Capitalisation of interest 
(13,478)
(20,301)
Income tax paid3
(65)
(104)
Net cash inflow from operations4
140,977
133,270
Investing activities
Acquisition of investments at fair value through profit or loss
12
(107,767)
(108,088)
Net repayments from investments at fair value through profit or loss
182,396
134,365
Working capital advanced
(156)
–
Net cash inflow from investing activities
74,473
26,277
Financing activities
Dividends paid
15
(156,849)
(151,562)
Acquisition of treasury shares
15
(42,889)
–
Finance costs paid2
(3,192)
(7,761)
Loan drawdowns2
–
118,400
Loan repayments2
(65,000)
(82,700)
Net cash outflow from financing activities
(267,930)
(123,623)
Net (decrease) / increase in cash and cash equivalents
(52,480)
35,924
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
128,561
92,829
Effects of changes in foreign currency exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents 
370
(192)
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
76,451
128,561
The notes on pages 94 to 112 form an integral part of these financial statements.
1 	 Includes interest received of £82.6m (December 2023: £92.3m) and dividends received of £93.4m (December 2023: £81.4m).
2	 These cash flows represent the changes in liabilities arising from financing liabilities during the year in accordance with IAS 7, 44A-E.
3	 Includes cash flows received from unconsolidated subsidiary entities in respect of surrender of tax losses.
4	 Net cash flows from operations above are reconciled to net operating cash flows before capital activity* as shown in the Strategic Report on pages 30 to 31.
92
93
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Financial Statements
Corporate Governance

1.
BASIS OF PREPARATION
International Public Partnerships Limited is a closed-ended authorised investment company incorporated in Guernsey under the
Companies (Guernsey) Law, 2008. The address of the registered office is given on the inside back cover. The nature of the Group’s
(‘Parent and consolidated subsidiary entities’) operations and its principal activities are set out on pages 10 to 11.
These financial statements are presented in Pounds Sterling as this is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the Group 
operates and represents the functional currency of the Parent and all values are rounded to the nearest (£’000), except where otherwise indicated. 
BASIS OF PREPARATION
These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the UK-adopted International Accounting Standards (‘IFRS’), applicable 
legal and regulatory requirements of Guernsey, and the Listing Rules of the UK Listing Authority. These financial statements follow the 
historical cost basis, except for financial assets held at fair value through profit or loss and derivatives that have been measured at fair value. 
The principal accounting policies adopted are set out in relevant notes to the financial statements. 
The Directors have determined that International Public Partnerships Limited is an investment entity as defined by IFRS 10 on the basis 
that the Company:
a)
Obtains funds from one or more investor(s) for the purpose of providing those investor(s) with investment management services;
b)
	Commits to its investors that its business purpose is to invest funds solely for returns from capital appreciation, investment income,
or both; and
c)
Measures and evaluates the performance of substantially all of its investments on a fair value basis.
Accordingly, these financial statements consolidate only those subsidiaries that provide services relevant to its investment activities, 
such as management services, strategic advice and financial support to its investees, and that are not themselves investment entities. 
Subsidiaries that do not provide investment-related services are required to be measured at fair value through profit or loss in accordance 
with IFRS 9 Financial Instruments.
GOING CONCERN
The Directors have reviewed cash flow forecasts prepared by management. Based on those forecasts, consideration of the Group’s 
operating costs and obligations as well as capital commitments, and an assessment of the Group’s committed banking facilities, it has 
been considered appropriate to prepare these consolidated financial statements of the Group on a going concern basis. In arriving at their 
conclusion that the Group has adequate financial resources, the Directors were mindful that the Group had unrestricted cash of £76.5m as 
at 31 December 2024. The Company continues to fully cover operating costs and distributions from underlying cash flows from investments. 
The Company has access to a CDF of £250m on a fully committed basis, and a flexible ‘accordion’ component which, subject to lender 
consent, allows for a future extension by an additional £50m. At the date of this Report, the CDF remains undrawn with £13.5m committed 
by letters of credit. A £20m portion of the facility is available to be utilised for working capital purposes. The facility is forecast to continue in 
full compliance with the associated banking covenants. The facility is available for investment in new and existing assets. The current CDF 
remains in place until June 2025, after which a renewed facility will take effect. The new facility is expected to have broadly the same terms 
and structure as the current facility.
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The same accounting policies, presentation and methods of computation are followed in this set of financial statements as applied in the 
previous financial year. The new and revised IFRS and interpretations becoming effective in the period have had no material impact on the 
accounting policies of the Group. Note 20 sets out a comprehensive listing of all new standards applicable from 1 January 2024.
2.
CRITICAL JUDGEMENTS AND ESTIMATES
INVESTMENT ENTITY
In the judgement of the Directors, International Public Partnerships Limited has been accounted for as an investment entity as defined
by IFRS 10, further details of which are given in note 1, Basis of preparation.
FAIR VALUATION OF INVESTMENTS AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS 
Fair values are a critical estimate and are determined using the income approach which discounts the expected cash flows at a rate 
appropriate to the risk profile of each investment. In determining the discount rate, relevant long-term government bond yields, specific 
investment risks and evidence of recent transactions are considered. Details of the valuation process and key sensitivities are provided 
in note 11. 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2024
3.
SEGMENTAL REPORTING
Based on a review of information provided to the chief operating decision makers of the Group (determined to be the Board), the Group has
identified four reportable segments based on the geographical risk associated with the jurisdictions in which it operates. The factors used to
identify the Group’s reportable segments are centred on the risk-free rates and the maturity of the infrastructure sector within each region.
Further, foreign exchange and political risk is identified, as these also determine where resources are allocated. The four reportable segments
are UK & CI, Europe (excl. UK), North America and Australia & New Zealand.
Year ended 31 December 2024
UK & CI 
£’000s
Europe  
(excl. UK)  
£’000s
North  
America  
£’000s
Australia & 
New Zealand 
£’000s
Total 
£’000s
Segmental results
Dividend and interest income
158,589
11,198
9,672
22,582
202,041
Fair value (loss) / gain on investments
(137,326)
10,025
(8,788)
(28,763)
(164,852)
Total investment income / (loss)
21,263
21,223
884
(6,181)
37,189
Reporting segment (loss) /profit1
(19,373)
22,398
2,220
(4,780)
465
31 December 2024
UK & CI 
£’000s
Europe  
(excl. UK)  
£’000s
North  
America  
£’000s
Australia & 
New Zealand 
£’000s
Total 
£’000s
Segmental financial position
Investments at fair value 
1,882,298
347,600
106,305
256,853
2,593,056
Current assets
135,490
–
–
–
135,490
Total assets
2,017,788
347,600
106,305
256,853
2,728,546
Total liabilities
(11,922)
–
–
–
(11,922)
Net assets 
2,005,866
347,600
106,305
256,853
2,716,624
Year ended 31 December 2023
UK & CI
£’000s
Europe  
(excl. UK)  
£’000s
North  
America  
£’000s
Australia & 
New Zealand 
£’000s
Total 
£’000s
Segmental results
Dividend and interest income
148,829
11,615
11,339
17,369
189,152
Fair value gain / (loss) on investments
(87,156)
11,620
(18,013)
(29,531)
(123,080)
Total investment income / (loss)
61,673
23,235
(6,674)
(12,162)
66,072
Reporting segment profit / (loss)1
19,160
25,048
(5,603)
(10,744)
27,861
31 December 2023
UK & CI
£’000s
Europe  
(excl. UK)  
£’000s
North  
America  
£’000s
Australia & 
New Zealand 
£’000s
Total 
£’000s
Segmental financial position
Investments at fair value 
2,043,743
342,700
147,292
285,168
2,818,903
Current assets
173,282
–
–
–
173,282
Total assets
2,217,025
342,700
147,292
285,168
2,992,185
Total liabilities
(76,047)
–
–
–
(76,047)
Net assets 
2,140,978
342,700
147,292
285,168
2,916,138
1	 Reporting segment results are stated net of operational costs including management fees.
Revenue from investments which individually represent more than 10% of the Group’s interest and dividend income approximates 
£25.0m (2023: £25.1m).
94
95
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Financial Statements
Corporate Governance

4.
INVESTMENT INCOME
ACCOUNTING POLICY
Interest income
Interest income is recognised when it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the Group and the amount of income can
be measured reliably. Interest income is accrued on a time-apportioned basis and is recognised gross of withholding tax, if any.
Dividend income
Dividend income is recognised gross of withholding tax on the date the Company’s right to receive the dividend income is established. 
Net change in investments at fair value through profit or loss
Net change in investments at fair value through profit or loss represents unrealised fair value changes.
Year ended
31 December 2024
£’000s
Year ended
31 December 2023
£’000s
Interest income
Interest on investments at fair value through profit or loss
104,636
106,687
Interest on financial assets at amortised cost
3,981
1,069
Total interest income
108,617
107,756
Dividend income
93,424
81,396
Net change in investments at fair value through profit or loss
(164,852)
(123,080)
Total investment income
37,189
66,072
Dividend and interest income includes transactions with unconsolidated subsidiary entities. Changes in investments at fair value through 
profit or loss are also recognised in relation to the Group’s investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries.
5.
OTHER OPERATING INCOME
Year ended
31 December 2024
£’000s
Year ended
31 December 2023
£’000s
Fair value movement on foreign exchange contracts
1,805
 3,250 
Other gains on foreign exchange movements
2,105
 1,151 
Other (expense) / income
(1,472)
 1,543 
Total other operating income 
2,438
 5,944 
6.
TRANSACTION COSTS
Year ended
31 December 2024
£’000s
Year ended
31 December 2023
£’000s
Investment advisory costs
1,498
1,621
Other transaction costs
114
–
Total transaction costs
1,612
1,621
Details of total transaction costs paid to the Investment Adviser are provided in note 17.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2024 CONTINUED
7.
AUDITOR’S REMUNERATION
Year ended
31 December 2024
£’000s
Year ended
31 December 2023
£’000s
Fees payable to the Group’s auditor (PwC CI LLP) for the audit of the Group’s 
financial statements
685
626
Fees payable to the Group’s auditor and their associates (PwC LLP, UK) 
for other services to the Group
–
The audit of the Group’s consolidated subsidiaries
28
24
–
The audit of the Group’s unconsolidated subsidiaries
235
215
Total audit fees
948
865
Other fees
–
Interim review
88
83
Total non-audit fees
88
83
8.
FINANCE COSTS AND BANK LOANS
ACCOUNTING POLICY
Interest bearing loans and overdrafts are initially recorded as the proceeds received net of any directly attributable issue costs. Subsequent
measurement is at amortised cost, with borrowing costs recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income in the year in
which they are incurred, using the effective interest rate method. Arrangement fees are amortised over the term of the CDF.
Finance costs for the year were £4.0m (December 2023: £7.3m). The Group has a CDF with £250m available on a fully committed basis, 
with a flexible ‘accordion’ component which will, subject to lender approval, allow for a future extension by an additional £50m. The interest 
rate margin on the CDF in the year was 170 basis points over SONIA. The current CDF remains in place until June 2025, after which a 
renewed facility will take effect. The new facility is expected to have broadly the same terms and structure as the current facility, with no 
repayments due ahead of maturity, and is secured over the assets of the Group. The current banking group for the facility consists of 
National Australia Bank, the Royal Bank of Scotland International, Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation and Barclays Bank. From June 
2025, the banking group will consist of Internationale Nederlanden Groep, National Australia Bank, the Royal Bank of Scotland International, 
and Barclays Bank. As at December 2024 the facility was undrawn (December 2023: £65.0m cash drawn), with £13.5m committed under 
letter of credit (December 2023: £16.4m drawn under letter of credit). The uncommitted balance of the facility which was not cash drawn or 
notionally drawn via letters of credit, was c.£236.5m (December 2023: £268.6m).
9.
TAX CHARGE
ACCOUNTING POLICY
Current tax is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from net profit as reported in the Consolidated Statement of
Comprehensive Income as it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in past or future years and it further
excludes items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group’s asset/liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates that have been
enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. The current tax charge/credit in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive
Income is recognised net of receivables recognised for losses surrendered to unconsolidated subsidiary entities.
Under the current system of taxation in Guernsey, the Company itself is exempt from paying taxes on income, profits or capital gains. 
Dividend income and interest income received by the Group may be subject to withholding tax imposed in the country of origin of such income.
Year ended
31 December 2024
£’000s
Year ended
31 December 2023
£’000s
Current tax:
Other overseas tax – current year
16
104
Tax charge for the year
16
104
96
97
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Financial Statements
Corporate Governance

9.
TAX CHARGE CONTINUED
Reconciliation of effective tax rate:
Year ended
31 December 2024
£’000s
Year ended
31 December 2023
£’000s
Profit before tax
481
27,965
Exempt tax status in Guernsey 
–
–
Application of overseas tax rates
16
104
Tax charge for the year
16
104
The income tax charge above does not represent the full tax position of the entire Group as the investment returns received by the Company 
are net of tax payable at the underlying investee entity level. As a consequence of the adoption of IFRS 10 investment entity consolidation 
exception, underlying investee entity tax is not consolidated within these financial statements.
10.
EARNINGS PER SHARE
The calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share is based on the following data:
Year ended
31 December 2024
£’000s
Year ended
31 December 2023
£’000s
Earnings for the purposes of basic and diluted earnings per share 
being net profit attributable to equity holders of the parent
465
27,861
Number
Number
Weighted average number of Ordinary Shares for the purposes 
of basic and diluted earnings per share 
1,898,454,198
1,911,243,132
Basic and diluted (pence)
0.02
1.46
Calculated on the basis of outstanding shares (excluding shares held in treasury from buyback activity). The denominator for the purposes 
of calculating both basic and diluted earnings per share is the same as the Group has not issued any share options or other instruments that 
would cause dilution. 
11.
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised when the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.
Financial assets are derecognised when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the instrument expire or the asset is transferred,
and the transfer qualifies for derecognition in accordance with IFRS 9 Financial Instruments. Financial liabilities are derecognised when the
obligation is discharged, cancelled or expired. Specific financial asset and liability accounting policies are provided below.
11.1  FINANCIAL ASSETS
31 December 2024
£’000s
31 December 2023
£’000s
Investments at fair value through profit and loss
2,593,056
2,818,903
Financial assets at amortised cost
Trade and other receivables
55,810
43,297
Cash and cash equivalents
76,451
128,561
Derivative financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss
Foreign exchange contracts 
3,229
1,424
Total financial assets
2,728,546
2,992,185
ACCOUNTING POLICY
The Group classifies its financial assets as at fair value through profit or loss or as financial assets at amortised cost. The classification 
depends on the purpose for which the financial assets were acquired, with investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries (other than those 
providing investment-related services) being at fair value through profit or loss as required by IFRS 10. 
Investments at fair value through profit or loss
Investments in underlying unconsolidated subsidiaries and other non-controlled investments are held in a portfolio, the business model of 
which is to manage them on a fair value basis. The Group’s policy is to fair value both the equity and debt investments in underlying assets 
together. All transaction costs relating to the acquisition of new investments are recognised directly in profit or loss. Subsequent to initial 
recognition, equity and debt investments are measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognised within total investment income in 
the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2024 CONTINUED
11.
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS CONTINUED
11.1  FINANCIAL ASSETS CONTINUED
Trade and other receivables
Trade and other receivables that meet the contracted cash flow test as sole payments of principal and interest and which are held in a
business model to receive these contractual cash flows are classified as trade and other receivables. Financial assets with maturities less
than 12 months are included in current assets, financial assets with maturities greater than 12 months after the balance sheet date are
classified as non-current assets.
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand and demand deposits and other short-term highly liquid investments with an original 
maturity of three months or less that are readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes 
in value.
Derivative financial instruments
Derivatives are classified as financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, held for trading. Derivatives are recognised 
initially, and are subsequently remeasured, at fair value. Derivatives are shown as assets when their fair value is positive or as liabilities when 
their fair value is negative. Fair value movements on derivative financial instruments held for trading are recognised in the Consolidated 
Statement of Comprehensive Income.
Impairment of financial assets
Financial assets, other than those classified at fair value through profit or loss, being trade and other receivables adopt a simplified approach 
to calculate any expected credit losses. 
11.2  FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
31 December 2024
£’000s
31 December 2023
£’000s
Financial liabilities at amortised cost
Trade and other payables 
11,922
11,047
Bank loans
–
65,000
Total financial liabilities
11,922
76,047
ACCOUNTING POLICY
Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities, other than those specifically accounted for under a separate policy, are measured at amortised cost and stated based on 
the amounts which are considered to be payable in respect of goods or services received up to the financial reporting date. The accounting 
policy for bank loans is included earlier in note 8.
The carrying value of financial assets and liabilities held at amortised cost is considered to approximate their fair value.
11.3  FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT 
The Group’s objective in managing risk is the protection of stakeholder value. Risk is inherent in the Group’s activities and is managed 
through a process of ongoing identification, measurement and monitoring, subject to risk limits and other controls. The Group is exposed to 
market risk (which includes currency risk, interest rate risk and inflation risk), credit risk and liquidity risk arising from the financial instruments 
it holds. The Board of Directors is ultimately responsible for the overall risk management of the Group, with delegation of oversight and 
activities (including identifying and controlling risks) provided to the Audit and Risk Committee and the Group’s Investment Adviser. The 
Group’s risk management framework and approach is set out within the Strategic Report (pages 4 to 65). The Board takes into account 
market, credit and liquidity risks in forming the Group’s risk management strategy.
MARKET RISK
Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of financial instruments will fluctuate due to changes in market variables such as 
changes in inflation, foreign exchange rates and interest rates.
Inflation risk
The majority of the Group’s cash flows from underlying investments are linked to inflation indices. Changes in inflation rates can have a 
positive or negative impact on the Group’s cash flows from investments. The long-term inflation assumptions applied in the Group’s valuation 
of investments at fair value through profit or loss are disclosed in the fair value hierarchy section in note 11.4.
The Group’s portfolio of investments has been developed in anticipation of continued inflation at or above the levels used in the Group’s 
valuation assumptions. Where inflation is at levels below the assumed levels for a sustained period of time, investment performance may be 
impaired. The level of inflation-linkage* across the investments held by the Group varies and is not consistent.
98
99
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Financial Statements
Corporate Governance

11.
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS CONTINUED
11.3  FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk arises from the possibility that changes in interest rates will affect future cash flows from underlying investments, therefore
impacting the value of investments at fair value through profit or loss. The Group has limited exposure to interest rate risk as the underlying
borrowings within the unconsolidated investee entities are either hedged through interest rate swap arrangements via an economic hedge,
are fixed rate loans or the risk of adverse movement in interest rates is limited through protections provided by the regulatory regime.
For example, it is generally a requirement under a PFI/PPP concession that any borrowings are matched to the life of the concession.
Hedging activities are aligned with the period of the loan, which also mirrors the concession period and are highly effective. Nevertheless,
refinancing risk exists in a number of such investments. The Group’s CDF is unhedged on the basis that it is utilised as an investment
bridging facility and therefore drawn for a relatively short period of time. Therefore, the Group is not significantly exposed to cash flow risk
due to changes in interest rates over its variable rate borrowings. Interest income on bank deposits held within underlying investments is
included within the fair value of investments.
Foreign currency risk
The Group undertakes certain transactions denominated in foreign currencies and therefore is exposed to exchange rate fluctuations. 
Currency risk arises in financial instruments that are denominated in a foreign currency other than the functional currency in which they are 
measured. The Group uses forward foreign exchange contracts to mitigate the risk of short-term volatility in foreign exchange on significant 
investment returns from overseas investments via an economic hedge. The Group does not hedge its exposure to foreign exchange in 
relation to foreign currency denominated investment balances. The carrying amounts of the Group’s foreign currency denominated monetary 
financial instruments at the reporting date are set out in the table below.
Sensitivity analysis showing the impact of variations of the above risks on the fair value of investments is shown in note 11.5.
31 December 2024
£’000s
31 December 2023 
£’000s
Cash
Euro
12,118
6,925
Canadian Dollar
326
796
Australian Dollar
1,394
3,448
New Zealand Dollar
2,263
5,362
US Dollar
3,146
4,060
Danish Krone
159
362
19,406
20,953
Current receivables 
Euro receivables
2,447
1,298
Danish Krone receivables
126
–
US Dollar receivables
36
–
2,609
1,298
Investments at fair value through profit or loss
Euro
339,488
330,762
Danish Krone
8,112
11,938
Canadian Dollar
36,697
40,355
Australian Dollar
174,889
188,228
New Zealand Dollar
81,964
96,940
US Dollar
69,608
106,937
710,758
775,160
Total
732,773
797,411
Sensitivity analysis showing the impact of variations of the above market risks on the fair value of investments is shown in note 11.5.
CREDIT RISK 
Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in a financial loss to the Group. The Group has 
adopted a policy of dealing with creditworthy counterparties and reviewing this on a regular basis at the underlying entity level. The majority of 
underlying investments are in public-private partnerships and similar concessions (which are entered into with government, quasi government, 
other public, equivalent low risk bodies), or in regulated businesses that inherently exhibit low levels of credit risk. The maximum exposure of 
credit risk over financial assets as a result of counterparty default is the carrying value of those financial assets in the balance sheet. In addition, 
the underlying investee entities contract with third-party construction and facilities managements contractors. The Group seeks to mitigate 
this risk through using a diverse range of sub-contractors and through at least quarterly review of the credit position of major contractors.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2024 CONTINUED
LIQUIDITY RISK 
Liquidity risk is defined as the risk that the Group would encounter difficulty in meeting obligations as and when they fall due associated with 
financial liabilities that are settled by delivering cash or another financial asset. The Group invests in relatively illiquid investments (mainly non-
listed equity and loans). As a closed-ended investment vehicle there are no automatic capital redemption rights. The Group manages liquidity 
risk by maintaining adequate cash reserves, banking facilities and reserve borrowing facilities and by continuously monitoring forecast and 
actual cash flows. Cash flow forecasts assume full availability of underlying infrastructure to the relevant public sector body or end-user. 
Failure to maintain assets available for use or operating in accordance with pre-determined performance standards or licence conditions may 
lead to a reduction (wholly or partially) in the investment income that the Group has projected to receive. The Directors review the underlying 
performance of each investment on a quarterly basis, allowing asset performance to be monitored. The terms of public-private partnership 
contractual mechanisms also allow for significant pass-down of unavailability and performance risk to sub-contractors. Regulated asset 
regimes allow for the pass through of efficiently incurred costs to the purchaser. The Group’s financial liabilities comprise trade and other 
payables, payable within 12 months of the year end, derivative financial instruments.
11.4  FAIR VALUE HIERARCHY
All financial instruments for which fair value is recognised or disclosed are categorised within the fair value hierarchy, described as follows, 
based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole:
Level 1 — Quoted market prices in an active market (that are unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities;
Level 2 — Valuation techniques (for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement is directly or indirectly 
observable);
Level 3 — Valuation techniques (for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement is unobservable).
During the year, there were no transfers between Level 2 and Level 3 categories.
Level 1:
The Group has no financial instruments classified as Level 1.
Level 2:
This category includes derivative financial instruments such as interest rate swaps, RPI swaps and currency forward contracts.  
As at 31 December 2024, the Group’s only derivative financial instruments were currency forward contracts amounting to an asset 
of £3.2m (December 2023: asset of £1.4m).
Financial instruments classified as Level 2 have been valued using models whose inputs are observable in an active market (spot exchange 
rates, yield curves, interest rate curves). Valuations based on observable inputs include financial instruments such as swaps and forward 
contracts which are valued using market standard pricing techniques where all the inputs to the market standard pricing models 
are observable. 
Level 3:
This category consists of investments in equity and loan instruments in underlying unconsolidated subsidiary entities and other non-
controlled investments which are classified at fair value through profit or loss. At 31 December 2024, the fair value of financial instruments 
classified within Level 3 totalled £2,593.1m (December 2023: £2,818.9m). 
Financial instruments are classified within Level 3 if their valuation incorporates significant inputs that are not based on observable market 
data (unobservable inputs). A valuation input is considered observable if it can be directly observed from transactions in an active market, 
or if there is compelling external evidence demonstrating an executable exit price. 
Valuation process
Valuations are the responsibility of the Board of Directors. The valuation of unlisted equity and debt investments is performed on a quarterly1 
basis by the Investment Adviser. The valuation is reviewed by the senior members of the Investment Adviser and reviewed and approved by 
the Board. 
1	 Indicative valuations are calculated in respect of each at 31 March and 30 September.
100
101
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Financial Statements
Corporate Governance

11.
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS CONTINUED
11.4  FAIR VALUE HIERARCHY CONTINUED
Valuation methodology
The valuation methodologies used are primarily based on discounting the underlying investee entities’ future projected net cash flows
at appropriate discount rates. Valuations are also reviewed against recent market transactions for similar assets in comparable markets
observed by the Group or Investment Adviser and adjusted where appropriate.
Cash flow forecasts for the full-term of each underlying investment are generated by detailed investment specific financial models. These 
models forecast the dividend, shareholder loan interest payments, capital repayments and senior debt repayments (where applicable) 
expected from the underlying investments. The cash flows included in the forecasts used to determine fair value are typically fixed under 
contracts, however there are certain variable cash flows which are based on management’s estimations (see also pages 30 to 31 of the 
strategic report). The significant unobservable inputs and assumptions used in projecting the Group’s net future cash flows are shown below.
31 December 2024
£’000s
31 December 2023
£’000s
Inflation rates
UK
RPI: 3.25% until Dec 2025,
3.00% until Dec 2026,
 2.75% thereafter1
CPIH: 2.25%
RPI: 4.50% until Dec 2024,
3.00% until Dec 2025,
2.75 thereafter1
CPIH: 3.25% until Dec 2024,
2.25% until Dec 2025,
2.00% thereafter
Australia
2.75% until Dec 2025
2.50% thereafter
3.25% until Dec 2024,
3.00% until Dec 2025,
2.50% thereafter
New Zealand
2.25%
2.75% until Dec 2024,
2.25% thereafter
Europe
2.25% until Dec 2026,
2.00% thereafter
3.00% until Dec 2024,
2.25% until Dec 2025,
2.00% thereafter
Canada
2.25% until Dec 2026,
2.00% thereafter
2.75% until Dec 2024,
2.25% until Dec 2025,
2.00% thereafter
US2
N/A
N/A
Long-term 
deposit rates3
UK
2.50%
2.50%
Australia 
2.75%
2.75%
New Zealand
2.50%
2.50%
Europe 
1.50%
1.50%
Canada
2.50%
2.50%
US2
N/A
N/A
Foreign 
exchange rates
GBP/AUD
2.02
1.87
GBP/NZD
2.23
2.01
GBP/DKK
9.00
8.60
GBP/EUR 
1.21
1.15
GBP/CAD
1.80
1.69
GBP/USD
1.25
1.27
Tax rates4
UK
25.00%
25.00%
Australia 
30.00%
30.00%
New Zealand
28.00%
28.00%
Europe
Various (12.50% – 32.28%)
Various (12.50% – 32.28%)
Canada
Various (23.00% – 26.50%)
Various (23.00% – 26.50%)
US2
N/A
N/A
1	 Where insufficient protections exist within project agreements or through regulatory precedent, RPI is assumed to align with CPIH post-2030.
2	 The Company’s US investment is in the form of subordinated debt and therefore not directly impacted by inflation, deposit and tax rate assumptions. 
3	 The portfolio valuation assumes actual current deposit rates are maintained until 31 December 2026 before adjusting to the long-term rates noted in the table above from 1 January 2027. 
The 31 December 2023 valuation adjusted to the longer-term assumption from 1 January 2026.
4	 Tax rates reflect those substantively enacted as at the valuation date or those that could reasonably be expected to be substantively enacted shortly after the valuation date.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2024 CONTINUED
Discount rates
Discount rates as a whole are considered to be an unobservable input for the purposes of IFRS13. The discount rate used in the valuation of 
each investment has been determined with reference to:
– Yield on a government bond with a remaining term equivalent to (or as close as possible to) the investment being valued, issued by the
national government for the location of the relevant investment (‘government bond yield’);
– Investment risk premium, compromising:
–
A premium to reflect the inherent greater risk in investing in infrastructure assets over government bonds;
–
A further premium to reflect the state of maturity of the asset with a larger premium applied to immature assets and/or assets in
construction and/or to reflect any current asset specific or operational issues. Typically, this risk premium will reduce over the life of
any asset as an asset matures, its operating performance becomes more established, and the risks associated with its future cash
flows decrease. However, the rate may increase in relation to investments with unknown residual values at the end of the relevant
concession life as that date nears;
–
A further adjustment reflective of market-based transaction valuation evidence for similar assets. Such adjustment is considered to
implicitly include the market’s assessment of the risk posed by climate factors to that particular investment.
Over the year, the weighted average government bond yield increased. The weighted average investment premium increased reflecting 
observable market-based evidence.
Valuation assumptions
31 December 2024
31 December 2023
Movement
Weighted Average Government Bond Yield
4.4%
4.3%
0.1%
Weighted Average Investment Risk Premium
4.6%
4.1%
0.5%
Weighted Average Discount Rate
9.0%
8.4%
0.6%
Reconciliation of Level 3 fair value measurements of financial assets
Year ended 
31 December 2024
£’000s
Year ended 
31 December 2023
£’000s
Balance at 1 January 
2,818,903
2,947,959
Additional investments during the year
107,767
108,088
Net repayments during the year
(182,396)
(134,365)
Capitalisation of interest 
13,478
20,301
Working capital advanced
156
–
Net change in investments at fair value through profit or loss
(164,852)
(123,080)
Balance at 31 December 
2,593,056
2,818,903
11.5  SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS
The valuation requires management to make certain assumptions in relation to unobservable inputs to the model. There are no straightforward 
inter-relationships between the unobservable inputs. A sensitivity analysis for reasonably possible alternative assumptions is provided below:
Assumptions
31 December 2024
Weighted average 
rate in base case 
valuations
Sensitivity 
factor
Change in fair value 
of investment 
£’000s
Sensitivity 
factor
Change in fair value 
of investment 
£’000s
Discount rate
9.0%
+ 1.0%
(227,374)
- 1.0%
270,013
Inflation rate (overall)
2.3%
+ 1.0%
214,852
- 1.0%
(193,554)
UK (CPI/RPI)
2.0/2.8%
+ 1.0%
171,620
- 1.0%
(156,906)
Europe
2.0%
+ 1.0%
31,875
- 1.0%
(26,674)
North America
2.0%
+ 1.0%
676
- 1.0%
(575)
New Zealand
2.3%
+ 1.0%
4,281
- 1.0%
(3,884)
Australia
2.5%
+ 1.0%
6,426
- 1.0%
(5,501)
FX rate
 n/a 
+ 10.0%
(71,761)
- 10.0%
71,761
Tax rate
25.5%
+ 1.0%
(12,425)
- 1.0%
12,144
Deposit rate
2.4%
+ 1.0%
22,591
- 1.0%
(22,920)
102
103
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Financial Statements
Corporate Governance

11.
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS CONTINUED
11.5  SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS CONTINUED
Assumptions
31 December 2023
Weighted average 
rate in base case 
valuations
Sensitivity 
factor
Change in fair value 
of investment 
£’000s
Sensitivity 
factor
Change in fair value 
of investment 
£’000s
Discount rate
8.4%
+ 1.0%
(241,561)
- 1.0%
288,391
Inflation rate (overall)
2.3%
+ 1.0%
235,302
- 1.0%
(209,274)
UK (CPI/RPI)
2.0%/2.8%
+ 1.0%
185,918
- 1.0%
(165,756)
Europe
2.0%
+ 1.0%
35,488
- 1.0%
(30,778)
North America
2.0%
+ 1.0%
626
- 1.0%
(574)
New Zealand
2.3%
+ 1.0%
5,437
- 1.0%
(4,978)
Australia
2.5%
+ 1.0%
7,836
- 1.0%
(7,186)
FX rate
 n/a 
+ 10.0%
(78,956)
- 10.0%
78,962
Tax rate
25.5%
+ 1.0%
(13,498)
- 1.0%
13,784
Deposit rate
2.4%
+ 1.0%
23,306
- 1.0%
(23,006)
12.
INVESTMENT ACTIVITY
2024
Date of investment
Description
Consideration
£’000s
% Ownership  
post investment
February 2024
The Group made an investment into Moray East OFTO, UK
76,518
100%
February – December 2024
The Group made investments into Flinders HMRB, Australia
6,728
100%
March – December 2024
The Group made further investments into its digital asset portfolio 
(National Digital Infrastructure fund and its underlying assets), UK
8,831
Various
April – December 2024
The Group made investments into Gold Coast Light Rail, 
Australia
1,168
30%
October 2024
The Group made a further investment into BeNEX, Germany
14,522
100%
Total capital spend on investments during the year
107,767
In addition to the capital spend noted above, during 2024, INPP also completed on transactions realising value from its existing portfolio. 
In January 2024, the Company received the second tranche of cashflows of c.£108m from the OFTO realisation activity announced in 
December 2023. In August 2024, the Company divested its 50% stake in the Three Shires PPP portfolio for c.£14m. In September 2024, 
the Company realised c.£29.7m of proceeds from a partial disposal of its FHSP investment.
2023
Date of investment
Description
Consideration
£’000s
% Ownership  
post investment
March 2023
The Group made a follow-on investment into a Building Schools 
for the Future asset, UK
741
100%
June 2023
The Group made an investment into a portfolio of New Zealand 
Social Infrastructure assets
107,347
100%
Total capital spend on investments during the year
108,088
In addition to the capital spend noted above, during 2023, INPP also completed on transactions realising value from its existing portfolio. In 
July 2023 the Company sold its stake in Airband (held through NDIF) for c.£12m. In December 2023, the Company completed a transaction 
to generate c.£200m proceeds realising value from within its OFTO portfolio, which included repayment of the Company’s four senior debt 
investments in the OFTO portfolio.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2024 CONTINUED
13.
TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES
31 December 2024
£’000s
31 December 2023
£’000s
Accrued interest receivable
54,613
41,813
Other debtors 
1,197
1,484
Total trade and other receivables
55,810
43,297
14.
TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES
31 December 2024
£’000s
31 December 2023
£’000s
Accrued management fee
8,773
9,820
Other creditors and accruals
3,149
1,227
Total trade and other payables
11,922
11,047
15.
SHARE CAPITAL AND RESERVES
Shares authorised and in issue 
Year ended 
31 December 2024 
shares 
’000s
Year ended 
31 December 2023
shares
’000s
Shares in issue
1,877,293
1,911,243
Shares held in treasury
33,950
–
Opening and closing balance
1,911,243
1,911,243
Share capital
Year ended 
31 December 2024
£’000s
Year ended 
31 December 2023
£’000s
Opening and closing balance
2,231,276
2,231,276
At present, the Company has one class of Ordinary Shares with a par value of 0.01p which carry no right to fixed income.
During the year to 31 December 2024, 34.0m shares have been acquired as part of the Company’s share buyback programme, and as at 
31 December 2024 are held in treasury. 
Other distributable reserve
Year ended 
31 December 2024
£’000s
Year ended 
31 December 2023
£’000s
Balance at 1 January
182,481
182,481
Acquisition of treasury shares
(43,086)
–
Costs associated with acquisition of treasury shares
(44)
–
Movement in the year
(43,130)
–
Balance at 31 December
139,351
182,481
On 19 January 2007, the Company applied to the Royal Court of Guernsey, following the initial placing of shares, to reduce its share 
premium account. This was in order to provide a distributable reserve to enable the Company to repurchase its shares if and when the 
Board of Directors consider it beneficial to do so. Following court approval, the distributable reserve account was created.
Retained earnings
31 December 2024
£’000s
31 December 2023
£’000s
Balance at 1 January
502,381
626,082
Net profit for the year
465
27,861
Dividends paid1
(156,849)
(151,562)
Balance at 31 December
345,997
502,381
1 	 Includes scrip element of £ nil in 2024 (December 2023: £ nil).
104
105
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Financial Statements
Corporate Governance

15.
SHARE CAPITAL AND RESERVES CONTINUED
DIVIDENDS
The Board is satisfied that, in every respect, the solvency test as required by the Companies (Guernsey) Law, 2008, was satisfied for the
proposed dividend and the dividends paid in respect of the year ended 31 December 2024.
The Board has approved interim dividends as follows: 
Year ended  
31 December 2024
£’000s
Year ended  
31 December 2023
£’000s
Amounts recognised as distributions to equity holders for the year ended 31 December 
156,8491
151,562
Declared and proposed
Interim dividend for the period 1 January to 30 June 2024 was 4.18p per share  
(2023: 4.06p per share)
79,267
77,596
Interim dividend for the period 1 July to 31 December 2024 was 4.19p per share2  
(2023: 4.07p per share)
78,659
77,788
1	 Includes the 2023 interim dividend for the period 1 July to 31 December 2023.
2	 The dividend for the period 1 July to 31 December 2024 was approved by the Board on 26 March 2025 and therefore has not been included as a liability in the balance sheet for the year 
ended 31 December 2024.
CAPITAL RISK MANAGEMENT
The Group seeks to efficiently manage its financial resources to ensure that it is able to continue as a going concern while providing 
improved returns to shareholders through the management of the debt and equity balances. The capital structure consists of the Group’s 
CDF and equity attributable to equity holders of the parent, comprising issued capital, reserves and retained earnings. The Group aims 
to deliver its objective by investing available cash and using leverage whilst maintaining sufficient liquidity to meet ongoing expenses and 
dividend payments. The Group’s investment policy is set out in the Corporate Governance Report on page 67.
The Group’s Investment Adviser reviews the capital structure on a semi-annual basis. As part of this review, the Investment Adviser considers 
the cost of capital and the associated risks.
16.
NET ASSETS PER SHARE
31 December 2024
£’000s
31 December 2023
£’000s
Net assets attributable to equity holders of the parent 
2,716,624
2,916,138
Number
Number
Number of shares
Ordinary Shares outstanding at the end of the year
1,877,293,132
1,911,243,132
Net assets per share (p per share)
144.7
152.6
17.
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Details of the Company’s significant consolidated and unconsolidated subsidiaries are included in note 20.
During the year, Group companies entered into certain transactions with related parties that are not members of the Group but are related 
parties by reason of being in the same group as Amber Infrastructure Group Holdings Limited, which is the ultimate holding company of 
the Investment Adviser, Amber Fund Management Limited (‘AFML’).
Under the Investment Advisory Agreement (‘IAA’), AFML was appointed to provide investment advisory services to the Group including 
advising the Group as to the strategic management of its portfolio of investments.
AFML and International Public Partnerships GP Limited are subsidiary companies of Amber Infrastructure Group Holdings Limited 
(‘Amber Group’), in which Giles Frost is a Director and also a substantial shareholder.
Giles Frost is also a Director of International Public Partnerships Limited (the ‘Company’); International Public Partnerships Lux 1 Sarl; 
(a wholly owned subsidiary of the Group); and certain other companies in which the Group indirectly has an investment. The transactions 
with the Amber Group are considered related party transactions under IAS 24 ‘Related Party Disclosures’.
The Director’s fees of £59,000 (2023: £55,525) for Giles Frost’s directorship of the Company are paid to his employer, Amber Infrastructure 
Limited (a member of the Amber Group).
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2024 CONTINUED
The amounts of the transactions in the year that were related party transactions are set out in the table below:
Related party expense in the Income Statement
Amounts owing to related parties in the Balance Sheet
For the year ended 
31 December 2024
£’000s
For the year ended 
31 December 2023
£’000s
At 31 December 2024
£’000s
At 31 December 2023
£’000s
International Public Partnerships GP Limited1
30,706
32,251
8,773
9,820
Amber Fund Management Limited2
1,498
1,621
12
–
Total
32,204
33,872
8,785
9,820
1	 Represents amounts paid to related parties for investment advisory fees.
2	 Represents amounts paid to related parties to acquire or make investments or advisory fees associated with investments which are subsequently recorded in the balance sheet.
INVESTMENT ADVISORY ARRANGEMENTS
Investment advisory fees payable during the year are calculated as follows:
For existing construction assets:
– 1.2% per annum of gross asset value of investments bearing construction risk.
For existing fully operational assets:
– 1.2% per annum of the gross asset value (‘GAV’) excluding uncommitted cash from capital raisings up to £750 m;
– 1.0% per annum where GAV (excluding uncommitted cash from capital raisings) is between £750 m and £1.5 bn;
– 0.9% per annum where GAV (excluding uncommitted cash from capital raisings) is between £1.5 bn and £2.75 bn;
– 0.8% per annum where GAV (excluding uncommitted cash from capital raisings) value exceeds £2.75 bn.
Asset origination fees in connection with new acquisitions are charged at a rate of 1.5% of the value of new acquisitions.
The IAA can be terminated where less than 95% of the Group’s assets are available for use for certain periods and the Investment Adviser 
fails to implement a remediation plan agreed with the Group. The IAA may also be terminated by either party giving to the other five years 
notice of termination, expiring at any time after 10 years from the date of the IAA.
Following the year end, the Board and the Investment Adviser agreed to a change in the fee basis effective from 1 July 2025. For further 
information on these changes see page 73.
As at 31 December 2024, the Amber Group held 8,002,379 (December 2023: 8,002,379) shares in the Company. The shares held by the 
Investment Adviser in the Company helps further strengthen the alignment of interests between the two parties. 
TRANSACTIONS WITH DIRECTORS
Shares acquired by Directors in the year are disclosed below:
Director
Number of New Ordinary Shares
Year ended 
31 December 2024
Year ended 
31 December 2023
Mike Gerrard
–
36,342
Julia Bond
17,532
8,152
Stephanie Coxon
15,505
–
Meriel Lenfestey
8,000
–
Total purchased
41,037
44,494
Remuneration paid to the Non-Executive Directors is disclosed on page 72. Directors received dividends on total shares held as disclosed 
on page 73, in accordance with the approved dividends detailed under note 15.
18.
CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND COMMITMENTS
As at 31 December 2024 the Group has committed funding of up to c.£21.5m (December 2023: c.£19.7m), which includes committed
investment amounts as noted in the Strategic Report on pages 18 to 20, as well as guaranteed amounts not necessarily forecast to be cash
invested which includes letters of credit under the CDF and a deferred commitment of c.£2.6m for BeNEX (December 2023: £3.3m) which is
due to be settled from future returns generated by BeNEX.
There were no other contingent liabilities at the date of this Report.
106
107
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Financial Statements
Corporate Governance

19.
EVENTS AFTER BALANCE SHEET
In March, the Company agreed to sell its minority interests in seven UK education PPPs to an existing co-shareholder for total proceeds of
c.£8m which is in line with the 31 December 2024 carrying value.
Following the year end, the Board and the Investment Adviser agreed to a change in the Company’s Investment Advisory fee basis effective 
from 1 July 2025. For further information on these changes see page 77.
20.
OTHER MANDATORY DISCLOSURES
NEW STANDARDS THAT THE GROUP HAS APPLIED FROM 1 JANUARY 2024
Standards and amendments to standards applicable to the Group that became effective during the year are listed below. These have no
material impact on the reported performance or financial statements of the Group.
– Amendments to IAS 7 and IFRS 7 Supplier Finance Arrangements (1 January 2024)
– Amendments to IAS 1 Classification of liabilities (1 January 2024)
STANDARDS ISSUED BUT NOT YET EFFECTIVE
– Standards applicable to the Group which are issued but not yet effective up to the date of issuance of the Group’s financial statements are
listed below. This listing is of standards and interpretations issued, which the Group reasonably expects to be applicable at a future date.
The Group intends to adopt these standards when they become effective, however does not currently anticipate the standards to have
a significant impact on the Group’s financial statements. Current assumptions regarding the impact of future standards will remain under
consideration in light of interpretation notes as and when they are issued.
– Amendments to IAS 21 Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates (1 January 2025);
UNCONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES
A list of the significant investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries, including the name, country of incorporation as at 31 December 2024 and 
proportion of ownership is shown below:
Name
Place of incorporation 
(or registration) and 
operation
Proportion of  
ownership  
interest %
Abingdon Limited Partnership
UK
100
Aggregator PLC
UK
100
Access Justice Durham Limited
Canada
100
AKS Betriebs GmbH & Co. KG 
Germany
98
ASV Project LP
New Zealand
100
BBPP Alberta Schools Limited
Canada
100
Blackburn with Darwen Phase 1 Limited
UK
100
Blackburn with Darwen Phase 2 Limited
UK
100
BPSL No. 2 Limited Partnership
UK
100
Building Schools for the Future Investments LLP
UK
100
Calderdale Schools Partnership
UK
100
CHP Unit Trust
Australia
100
Derby City BSF Limited
UK
90
Derbyshire Courts Limited Partnership
UK
100
Derbyshire Schools 
UK
100
Derbyshire Schools Phase Two Partnership
UK
100
Essex Schools Limited
UK
100
Future Ealing Phase 1 Limited
UK
100
Future Schools Partners LP
New Zealand
100
4 Futures Phase 1 Limited
UK
90
4 Futures Phase 2 Limited
UK
90
Hertfordshire Schools Building Partnership Phase 1 Limited
UK
100
H&W Courts Limited Partnership
UK
100
INPP Infrastructure Germany GmbH & Co. KG 
Germany
100
Inspire Partnership Limited Partnership
UK
100
IPP CCC Limited Partnership 
Ireland
100
Inspiredspaces Durham (Project Co 1) Limited
UK
100
Kent PFI (Project Co 1) Limited
UK
58
Inspiredspaces Nottingham (Project Co 1) Limited
UK
90
Inspiredspaces Nottingham (Project Co 2) Limited
UK
90
Inspiredspaces STaG (Project Co 1) Limited
UK
90.1
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2024 CONTINUED
Name
Place of incorporation 
(or registration) and 
operation
Proportion of  
ownership  
interest %
Inspiredspaces StaG (Project Co 2) Limited
UK
90.1
Inspiredspaces Wolverhampton (Project Co 1) Limited
UK
100
Transform Islington (Phase 1) Limited
UK
90
Transform Islington (Phase 2) Limited
UK
90
IPP (Moray Schools) Holdings Limited
UK
100
Maesteg School Partnership
UK
100
Next Step Partners LP
New Zealand
100
Northampton Schools Limited Partnership
UK
100
Northern Diabolo N.V.
Belgium
100
Oldham BSF Limited
UK
99
OPP Hobro Tinglysningsret A/S
Denmark
66.7
OPP Ørstedskolen A/S
Denmark
66.7
OPP Vildbjerg Skole A/S
Denmark
66.7
OPP Randers P-Hus A/A
Denmark
66.7
PSBP Midlands Limited
UK
92.5
Pinnacle Healthcare (OAHS) Trust
Australia
100
Plot B Partnership
UK
100
ShapEd NZ LP
New Zealand
100
St Thomas More School Partnership
UK
100
PPP Solutions (Long Bay) Partnership
Australia
100
PPP Solutions (Showgrounds) Trust
Australia
100
Strathclyde Limited Partnership
UK
100
TH Schools Limited Partnership
UK
100
TC Robin Rigg OFTO Limited
UK
100
TC Barrow OFTO Limited
UK
100
TC Gunfleet Sands OFTO Limited
UK
100
TC Ormonde OFTO Limited
UK
100
TC Lincs OFTO Limited
UK
100
TC Westermost Rough OFTO Limited
UK
100
TC Dudgeon OFTO PLC
UK
100
TC Beatrice OFTO Limited
UK
100
TC Rampion OFTO Limited
UK
100
TC East Anglia OFTO Limited
UK
100
TC Moray East OFTO Limited
UK
100
The entities listed above in aggregate represent 53.6% (December 2023: 54.7%) of investments at fair value through profit or loss. The 
remaining fair value is driven from joint ventures, associate interests and minority stakes held by the Group. 
CONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES
The subsidiary undertakings of the Company, all of which have been included in these consolidated financial statements are as follows:
Name
Place of incorporation 
(or registration) and 
operation
Proportion of  
ownership  
interest %
International Public Partnerships Limited Partnership 
UK
100
International Public Partnerships Lux 1 Sarl
Luxembourg
100
International Public Partnerships Lux 2 Sarl
Luxembourg
100
IPP Bond Limited
UK
100
IPP Holdings 1 Limited
UK
100
IPP Investments UK Limited
UK
100
IPP Investments Limited Partnership
UK
100
108
109
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Financial Statements
Corporate Governance

21.
INVESTMENTS
The Group holds 141 investments across energy transmission, education, transport, health, judicial, waste water, family housing for service
personnel and other sectors. The table below sets out the Group’s investments that are recorded at fair value through profit or loss.
Investment Name
Country
Status at 
31 December 2024
Per cent. Risk Capital
owned by the Group1
Investment end
UK
UK PPP Assets
Calderdale Schools
UK
Operational
100.0
April 2030
Derbyshire Schools Phase Two
UK
Operational
100.0
February 2032
Northamptonshire Schools
UK
Operational
100.0
 December 2037
Derbyshire Courts
UK
Operational
100.0
August 2028
Derbyshire Schools Phase One
UK
Operational
100.0
April 2029
North Wales Police HQ
UK
Operational
100.0
December 2028
St Thomas More Schools
UK
Operational
100.0
April 2028
Tower Hamlets Schools 
UK
Operational
100.0
August 2027
Norfolk Police HQ
UK
Operational
100.0
December 2036
Strathclyde Police Training Centre
UK
Operational
100.02
September 2026
Hereford & Worcester Courts
UK
Operational
100.02
September 2025
Abingdon Police Station 
UK
Operational
100.0
April 2030
Bootle Government Offices
UK
Operational
100.0
December 2025
Maesteg Schools
UK
Operational
100.0
 July 2033
Moray Schools
UK
Operational
100.0
 February 2042 
Liverpool Library
UK
Operational
100.0
 November 2037
Townlands Hospital
UK
Operational
100.0
November 2041
Priority Schools Building Aggregator Programme
Batch 1 – Schools in North East England
UK
Operational
0.02
 August 2040
Batch 2 – Schools in Hertfordshire, 
UK
Operational 
0.02
November 2040
Luton and Reading
Batch 3 – Schools in North West of England
UK
Operational
0.02
 August 2041
Batch 4 – Schools in the Midlands Region
UK
Operational
92.52
 December 2041
Batch 5 – Schools in Yorkshire
UK
Operational
0.02
 September 2041
OFTOs
Robin Rigg OFTO
UK
Operational
100.02
 March 2031
Gunfleet Sands OFTO
UK
Operational
100.02
 July 2031
Barrow OFTO
UK
Operational
100.02
 March 2030
Ormonde OFTO
UK
Operational
100.02
July 2032
Lincs OFTO
UK
Operational
100.0
 November 2034
Westermost Rough OFTO
UK
Operational
100.0
February 2036
Dudgeon OFTO
UK
Operational
100.0
November 2038
Beatrice OFTO
UK
Operational
100.0
April 2045
Rampion OFTO
UK
Operational
100.0
November 2041
East Anglia OFTO
UK
Operational
100.0
December 2044
Moray East OFTO
UK
Operational
100.0
September 2047
Building Schools for the Future Portfolio
Minority Shareholdings in 17 
Building Schools for the Future Projects
UK
Operational
Various
Various
Blackburn with Darwen Phase One
UK
Operational
100.0
September 2036
Blackburn with Darwen Phase Two
UK
Operational
100.0
September 2039
Integrated Bradford SPV Two Limited
UK
Operational
30.7
September 2037
Derby City 
UK
Operational
90.0
August 2037
Durham Schools 
UK
Operational
100.0
January 2036
Ealing Schools Phase One
UK
Operational
80.0
 March 2038
Essex Phase Two
UK
Operational
100.0
December 2036
Hertfordshire Schools Phase One
UK
Operational
100.0
August 2037
Islington Phase One
UK
Operational
90.0
August 2034
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2024 CONTINUED
Investment Name
Country
Status at 
31 December 2024
Per cent. Risk Capital
owned by the Group1
Investment end
Islington Phase Two
UK
Operational
90.0
March 2039
Lewisham Phase 1
UK
Operational
90.0
December 2034
Lewisham Phase 2
UK
Operational
90.0
August 2037
Lewisham Phase 3
UK
Operational
90.0
August 2037
Lewisham Phase 4
UK
Operational
81.0
March 2038
Oldham Schools
UK
Operational
99.0
August 2037
Tameside Schools One
UK
Operational
46.0
August 2036
Tameside Schools Two
UK
Operational
46.0
August 2037
Nottingham Schools One 
UK
Operational
90.0
August 2034
Nottingham Schools Two 
UK
Operational
90.0
August 2038
South Tyneside and Gateshead Schools One
UK
Operational
90.1
October 2034
South Tyneside and Gateshead Schools Two
UK
Operational
90.1
 September 2036
Southwark Phase One
UK
Operational
90.0
 January 2036
Southwark Phase Two
UK
Operational
90.0
 December 2036
Wolverhampton Schools Phase One 
UK
Operational
100.0
September 2037
Wolverhampton Schools Phase Two
UK
Operational
100.0
August 2040
Kent Schools 
UK
Operational
58.0
August 2035
NHS LIFT Portfolio
Beckenham Hospital
UK
Operational
49.8
 December 2033
Garland Road Health Centre
UK
Operational
49.8
 December 2031
Alexandra Avenue Primary Care Centre, Monks Park 
Health Centre (two projects)
UK
Operational
49.8
 June 2031
Gem Centre Bentley Bridge, Phoenix Centre 
(two projects)
UK
Operational
49.8
 December 2030
Sudbury Health Centre
UK
Operational
49.8
 November 2032
Mt Vernon
UK
Operational
49.8
 December 2033
Lakeside
UK
Operational
49.8
 November 2032
Fishponds Primary Care Centre, Hampton House 
Health Centre (two projects)
UK
Operational
33.4
 January 2031
Shirehampton Primary Care Centre, Whitchurch 
Primary Care Centre (two projects)
UK
Operational
33.4
 May 2032
Blackbird Leys Health Centre, East Oxford Care 
Centre (two projects)
UK
Operational
33.4
 May 2031
Brierley Hill
UK
Operational
34.5
 April 2035
Ridge Hill Learning Disabilities Centre, Stourbridge 
Health & Social Care Centre 
(two projects)
UK
Operational
34.3
 October 2031
Harrow NRC (three projects)
UK
Operational
49.8
 June 2034
Goscote Palliative Care Centre
UK
Operational
49.8
 November 2035
South Bristol Community Hospital
UK
Operational
33.4
 February 2042
East London LIFT Project One (four projects)
UK
Operational
30.0
 October 2030
East London LIFT Project Two (three projects)
UK
Operational
30.0
 April 2033
East London LIFT Project Three 
(Newby Place)
UK
Operational
30.0
 May 2037
East London LIFT Project Four (two projects)
UK
Operational
30.0
 August 2036
Eltham Community Hospital
UK
Operational
49.8
January 2040
1	 Risk Capital includes project-level equity and/or subordinated shareholder debt.
2	 Investment contains senior or mezzanine debt in addition to any Risk Capital ownership shown.
110
111
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Financial Statements
Corporate Governance

Investment Name
Country
Status at 
31 December 2024
Per cent. Risk Capital
owned by the Group1
Investment end
Other UK
Angel Trains 
UK
Operational
10.0
 December 2058
Tideway
UK
Construction
17.9
 March 2150
Cadent
UK
Operational
7.25
 June 2069
National Digital Infrastructure Fund
UK
Operational
45.0
July 2027
Australia
Royal Melbourne Showgrounds
Australia
Operational
100.0
 August 2031
Long Bay Forensic & Prisons Hospital Project
Australia
Operational
100.0
 July 2034
Reliance Rail
Australia
Operational
33.0
 February 2044
Royal Children’s Hospital 
Australia
Operational
100.0
 December 2036
Orange Hospital
Australia
Operational
100.0
 December 2035
NSW Schools
Australia
Operational
25.0
 December 2035
Gold Coast Light Rail
Australia
Operational
30.0
 May 2029
Victoria Schools Two
Australia
Operational
100.0
 December 2042
Flinders University
Australia
Operational
100.0
March 2049
New Zealand
NZ Schools 1 
New Zealand
Operational
100.0
December 2038
NZ Schools 2 
New Zealand
Operational
100.0
December 2042
NZ Schools 3 
New Zealand
Operational
100.0
December 2043
Auckland Prison 
New Zealand
Operational
100.0
June 2043
ASV 
New Zealand
Operational
100.0
October 2093
North America
Alberta Schools
Canada
Operational
100.0
 June 2040
Durham Courts
Canada
Operational
100.0
 November 2039
FHSP
US
Operational
100.02 
 October 2052
Europe (excl. UK)
Diabolo Rail Link 
Belgium
Operational
100.0
 June 2047
Dublin Courts 
Ireland
Operational
100.0
 February 2035
BeNEX 
Germany
Operational
100.0
 December 2049
Federal German Ministry of Education and Research 
Headquarters
Germany
Operational
98.0
 July 2041
Pforzheim Schools
Germany
Operational
98.0
 September 2039
Offenbach Police Centre
Germany
Construction
45.0
 June 2050
Hobro Court
Denmark
Operational
66.7
December 2027
Randers Hospital Parking Facility
Denmark
Operational
66.7
April 2041
Ørsted School
Denmark
Operational
66.7
June 2038
Vildbjerg School
Denmark
Operational
66.7
December 2036
1	 Risk Capital includes project-level equity and/or subordinated shareholder debt.
2	 Investment contains senior or mezzanine debt in addition to any Risk Capital ownership shown.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2024 CONTINUED
ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE MEASURES 
In accordance with ESMA Guidelines on APMs, the Board has considered what APMs are included in the Annual Report and financial 
statements which require further clarification. An APM is defined as a financial measure of historical or future financial performance, financial 
position, or cash flows, other than a financial measure defined or specified in the applicable financial reporting framework. APMs included 
in the Annual Report and financial statements are identified as non-GAAP measures and are defined within the glossary, set out on the 
next pages. 
APM
31 December 2024
31 December 2023
Cash Dividend 
Cover
Cash dividend payments to investors covered by the net operating cash flow 
before capital activity. This measure shows the sustainability of the cash dividend 
payments made by the Company. Net operating cash flows before capital activity 
include net repayments from investments at fair value through profit and loss and 
finance costs paid and exclude investment transaction costs when compared to 
net cash inflows from operations as disclosed in the statutory cash flow statement 
in the financial statements on page 93
2.1x (total) / 
1.1x (excluding 
cash from 
realisation 
activity)
1.7x / 1.1x
Cash from 
Investments
Cash from investments reflects cash distributions received from the investment 
portfolio. This measure is used to provide investors with information behind the 
components of net operating cash flows before capital activity, a measure used 
as part of the cash dividend cover calculations. Reconciliations to the nearest 
comparable figures presented in the cash flow statement are included on page  
93 as part of the reconciliation of net operating cash flows before capital activity
359.9m
307.1m
Dividend Growth
Represents the growth in dividend per share paid to shareholders compared to 
the prior year. This measure provides information on the Company’s dividend 
performance. Dividends paid and number of issued shares can be found disclosed 
in the financial statements and notes to the financial statements
3.0%
5.0%
Dividend per Share
Represents dividends per Ordinary Share issued, as disclosed in the financial 
statements. This measure provides information on the Company’s dividend 
performance. Dividends paid and number of issued shares can be found disclosed 
in the financial statements and notes to the financial statements
8.37p
8.13p
Net Asset Value 
(‘NAV’)
Represents the equity attributable to equity holders of the parent in the Balance 
Sheet. This terminology is used as it is common investment sector terminology 
and so is the most understandable to the users of the Annual and Interim Reports. 
Components of NAV are further discussed throughout this Annual Report, including 
from page 32
£2.7bn
£2.9 bn
Net Asset Value 
(‘NAV’) per share
Represents the equity attributable per share to equity holders of the parent in 
the Balance Sheet. This terminology is used as it is common investment sector 
terminology and so is the most understandable to the users of the Annual Report
144.7p
152.6p
Net operating cash 
flows before capital 
activity
Represents the cash flows from the Company’s operations before capital activity 
relating to the acquisition of new investments, issues of new capital or payment of 
dividends. This approach is used to provide investors with an indication of cash 
flows generated from operational activity and is used as part of the cash dividend 
cover calculations. Components of net operating cash flows before capital activity 
are further discussed throughout this Annual Report, including from page 32
£322.1m
£263.5m
Portfolio Inflation-
linked return / 
Inflation-linked cash 
flows
Calculated by running a ‘plus 1.00%’ inflation sensitivity for each investment 
and solving each investment’s discount rate to return the original valuation. The 
inflation-linked cash flows is the increase in the portfolio weighted average discount 
rate. This measure provides an indication of the portfolio’s inflation protection. 
There is no near comparable in the financial statements
0.7%
0.7%
Total Shareholder 
Return (‘TSR’)
Share price appreciation plus dividends assumed to be reinvested since IPO. The 
total return based on the NAV appreciation plus dividends paid since the IPO. 
There is no direct reconciliation to the financial statements, being a calculation 
instead derived from the Company’s share price. However, a nearest comparison 
where this measure based on a figure in the financial statements is provided in the 
Strategic Report, Investor Returns, Total Shareholder Return paragraph on  
page 32
191.7%
209.6%
112
113
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Strategic Report
Corporate Governance
Financial Statements
Overview
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024

GAV
Gross asset value
GDNs
Gas distribution networks
GFSC
The Guernsey Financial Services Commission
GHG
Greenhouse gas emissions
GRESB INFRASTRUCTURE
The Infrastructure Asset Assessment assesses ESG performance 
at the asset level for infrastructure asset operators, fund managers 
and investors that invest directly in infrastructure
GSLL
Green Sustainability-Linked Loan
HMRB
Flinders University Health and Medical Research Building
IAA
Investment Advisory Agreement
IFRS
International Financial Reporting Standards
IIJA
Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act
INTERNATIONAL PUBLIC PARTNERSHIPS LIMITED
The ‘Company’, ‘INPP’, the ‘Group’ (where including 
consolidated entities)
INVESTMENT ADVISER
Amber (see above) 
IPA
Infrastructure and Projects Authority
IPO
Initial public offering
IRA
Inflation Reduction Act
IRR
The internal rate of return
ISA
Individual Savings Account
ISSB
International Sustainability Standards Board
HUNT
Amber’s long-term investor, US Group, Hunt Companies LLC
KID
The Company’s Key Information Document
KPIs
Key performance indicators 
LIBOR
The London Inter-Bank Offered Rate is an interest-rate average 
calculated from estimates submitted by the leading banks in London
NDIF
National Digital Infrastructure Fund
NET ASSET VALUE (‘NAV’)
Non-GAAP measure. Represents the equity attributable to equity 
holders of the parent in the Balance Sheet. This terminology is used 
as it is common investment sector terminology and so is the most 
understandable to the users of the Annual Report. Components of 
NAV are further discussed throughout the Annual Report, including 
from page 30
NET ASSET VALUE (‘NAV’) PER SHARE
Non-GAAP measure. Represents the equity attributable per share to 
equity holders of the parent in the Balance Sheet. This terminology 
is used as it is common investment sector terminology and so is the 
most understandable to the users of the Annual Report
NET OPERATING CASH FLOWS BEFORE CAPITAL ACTIVITY
Non-GAAP measure. Represents the cash flows from the 
Company’s operations before capital activity relating to the 
acquisition of new investments, issues of new capital or payment 
of dividends. This approach is used to provide investors with an 
indication of cash flows generated from operational activity and is 
used as part of the cash dividend cover calculations. Components 
of net operating cash flows before capital activity are further 
discussed throughout the Annual Report, including from page 30
NET ZERO
Net zero refers to balancing the amount of emitted greenhouse 
gases with the equivalent emissions that are either offset or 
sequestered. This should primarily be achieved through a rapid 
reduction in carbon emissions, but where zero carbon cannot be 
achieved, offsetting through carbon credits or sequestration through 
rewilding or carbon capture and storage needs to be utilised
NIS
National Infrastructure Strategy
OECD
Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
OFGEM
Office of Gas and Electricity Markets
OFTO
Offshore Electricity Transmission project
Ofwat
Water Services Regulation Authority
GLOSSARY 
INCLUDING ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE MEASURES
AGM
The Company’s Annual General Meeting
AIC
Association of Investment Companies
AIF
Alternative Investment Fund
AIFMD
Alternative Investment Fund Managers Directive
AFML
Amber Fund Management Limited, a member of the Amber Group
AMBER/AMBER INFRASTRUCTURE
The Company’s Investment Adviser (Amber Fund Management 
Limited and its corporate group)
AMBER GROUP
Amber Infrastructure Group Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries
APMs
In accordance with ESMA Guidelines on Alternative Performance 
Measures (‘APMs’) the Board has considered what APMs are 
included in the Annual Report and financial statements which 
require further clarification. An APM is defined as a financial measure 
of historical or future financial performance, financial position, or 
cash flows, other than a financial measure defined or specified in 
the applicable financial reporting framework. APMs included in the 
Annual Report and financial statements are identified as non-GAAP 
measures and are defined within this glossary
ARC
The Company’s Audit and Risk Committee
ASCE
American Society of Civil Engineers
AVERAGE NAV
Average of published NAVs for the relevant periods
BEPS
Base Erosion and Profit Shifting
BESS
British Energy Security Strategy
BSF
Building Schools for Future Projects
CASH DIVIDEND COVER 
Non-GAAP measure. Cash dividend payments to investors covered 
by the Net operating cash flow before capital activity. This measure 
shows the sustainability of the cash dividend payments made by the 
Company. Net operating cash flows before capital activity include 
net repayments from investments at fair value through profit and loss 
and finance costs paid and exclude investment transaction costs 
when compared to net cash inflows from operations as disclosed in 
the statutory cash flow statement in the financial statements
CDF
The Company’s corporate debt facility 
CEF
Connecting Europe Facility
CMA
Competition and Markets Authority
CSR
Corporate Social Responsibility
CPI
Consumer Price Index
CPIH
CPI (including owner occupied housing costs)
CSRD
Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive
DIVIDEND GROWTH
Non-GAAP measure. Represents the growth in dividend per share 
paid to shareholders compared to the prior year. This measure 
provides information on the Company’s dividend performance. 
Dividends paid and number of issued shares can be found disclosed 
in the financial statements and notes to the financial statements
DIVIDEND PER SHARE 
Non-GAAP measure. Represents dividends paid per Ordinary share 
issued, as disclosed in the financial statements. This measure 
provides information on the Company’s dividend performance. 
Dividends paid and number of issued shares can be found disclosed 
in the financial statements and notes to the financial statements
EFRAG
European Financial Reporting Advisory Group
ESG
Environmental, Social and Governance
EU TAXONOMY
EU Taxonomy for Sustainable Activities 
FCA 
Financial Conduct Authority
FHSP
The Company’s Family Housing for Service Personnel investment
FMP
Financial Market Participant
FP
Financial Project
FRC
The Financial Reporting Council
114
115
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Strategic Report
Corporate Governance
Financial Statements
Overview

KEY CONTACTS
INVESTMENT ADVISER
Amber Fund Management Limited
3 More London Riverside
London
SE1 2AQ
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR
PricewaterhouseCoopers CI LLP
PO Box 321
Royal Bank Place
1 Glategny Esplanade
St Peter Port
Guernsey
Channel Islands
GY1 4ND
CORPORATE BROKERS
Deutsche Numis 
31 Gresham Street
London
EC2V 7QA
REGISTERED OFFICE
PO Box 286
Floor 2, Trafalgar Court
Les Banques 
Guernsey 
Channel Islands
GY1 4LY
LEGAL ADVISER
Carey Olsen
PO Box 98, Carey House
Les Banques
Guernsey
Channel Islands
GY1 4BZ
PUBLIC RELATIONS
FTI Consulting
200 Aldersgate
Aldersgate Street
London
EC1A 4HD
ADMINISTRATOR AND  
COMPANY SECRETARY
Ocorian Administration (Guernsey) Limited 
PO Box 286
Floor 2, Trafalgar Court
Les Banques 
Guernsey 
Channel Islands
GY1 4LY
CORPORATE BANKER
Royal Bank of Scotland International
1 Glategny Esplanade
St Peter Port
Guernsey
Channel Islands
GY1 4BQ
PAI
SFDR Principal Adverse Impacts
PCAF
Partnership for Carbon Accounting Financials
PEPs
Personal Equity Plan account
PFI
Projects and private finance initiative
PORTFOLIO INFLATION-LINKED RETURN / INFLATION-
LINKED CASH FLOWS
Non-GAAP measure. Calculated by running a ‘plus 1.00%’ inflation 
sensitivity for each investment and solving each investment’s 
discount rate to return the original valuation. The inflation-linked 
cash flows is the increase in the portfolio weighted average discount 
rate. This measure provides an indication of the portfolio’s inflation 
protection. There is no near comparable in the financial statements
PPP
Public-private partnerships
PRI
The UN-backed Principles for Responsible Investment
PRIIPs
Packaged Retail and Insurance-based Investment Product
PwC
The Company’s auditors PricewaterhouseCoopers CI LLP
RNS
Regulatory news service
ROSCO
Rolling stock leasing company
RPI
UK Retail Price Index
RTS
EU Commission’s Regulatory Technical Standards relating 
to the SFDR
SCOPE 1 EMISSIONS
Direct emissions from owned or controlled sources
SCOPE 2 EMISSIONS
Indirect emissions from the generation of purchased energy
SCOPE 3 EMISSIONS
All indirect emissions (not included in Scope 2) that occur in the 
value chain of the reporting company, including both upstream 
and downstream emissions
SDGs
Sustainable Development Goals
SDR
The proposed UK Sustainability Disclosure Requirements
SFDR
The EU Sustainable Finance Disclosure Regulation
SID
Senior Independent Director
SIPPs
A self-invested personal pension
SONIA
SONIA is the effective reference for overnight indexed swaps 
for unsecured transactions in the Sterling market
SPV
Special Purpose Vehicle
TCFD
Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures
THE COMPANY
International Public Partnerships Limited
TOCs
Train operating companies
TOTAL SHAREHOLDER RETURN (‘TSR’)
Non-GAAP measure. Share price appreciation plus dividends 
assumed to be reinvested since IPO. The total return based on the 
NAV appreciation plus dividends paid since the IPO. There is no 
direct reconciliation to the financial statements, being a calculation 
instead derived from the Company’s share price. However, a nearest 
comparison where this measure based on a figure in the financial 
statements is provided in the Strategic Report, Investor Returns, 
Total Shareholder Return paragraph
TNFD
Taskforce on Nature-related Financial Disclosures
TRANSITION RISK
Transition risks include policy changes, reputational impacts, and 
shifts in market preferences, norms and technology. Transition 
opportunities include those driven by resource efficiency and the 
development of new technologies, products and services, which 
could capture new markets and sources of funding
UNGC
UN Global Compact 
WACI
Weighted Average Carbon Intensity
WTW
Willis Towers Watson
GLOSSARY 
INCLUDING ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE MEASURES CONTINUED
116
117
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
Strategic Report
Corporate Governance
Financial Statements
Overview

 
 
SFDR PERIODIC REPORTING REQUIREMENTS (unaudited) 
 
Product name: International Public Partnerships Ltd (the “Company”) 
Legal entity identifier: International Public Partnerships Ltd (2138002AJT55TI5M4W30) 
 
Environmental and/or social characteristics 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Did this financial product have a sustainable investment objective?  
Yes 
No 
It made sustainable 
investments with an 
environmental objective: ___% 
 
in economic activities that 
qualify as environmentally 
sustainable under the EU 
Taxonomy 
in economic activities that do 
not qualify as environmentally 
sustainable under the EU 
Taxonomy 
It promoted Environmental/Social (E/S) 
characteristics and  
while it did not have as its objective a 
sustainable investment, it had a proportion of 
__% of sustainable investments 
  
with an environmental objective in economic 
activities that qualify as environmentally 
sustainable under the EU Taxonomy 
with an environmental objective in 
economic activities that do not qualify as 
environmentally sustainable under the EU 
Taxonomy 
 
with a social objective 
 
It made sustainable investments 
with a social objective: ___%  
It promoted E/S characteristics, but did not 
make any sustainable investments  
 
Sustainable 
investment means 
an investment in an 
economic activity 
that contributes to 
an environmental or 
social objective, 
provided that the 
investment does not 
significantly harm 
any environmental or 
social objective and 
that the investee 
companies follow 
good governance 
practices. 
The EU Taxonomy  is 
a classification 
system laid down in 
Regulation (EU) 
2020/852, 
establishing a list of 
environmentally 
sustainable 
economic activities. 
That Regulation 
does not lay down a 
list of socially 
sustainable 
economic activities.  
Sustainable 
investments with an 
environmental 
objective might be 
aligned with the 
Taxonomy or not.   
 
 
 
To what extent were the environmental and/or social characteristics 
promoted by this financial product met?  
Through its investments in infrastructure that support a sustainable society, the Company promotes 
environmental and social characteristics but does not have sustainable investment as its objective and 
does not invest in sustainable investments, as defined under the SFDR.  
The Company has strengthened the alignment of its investment activity with the objectives of the Paris 
Agreement, the recommendations of the Taskforce on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (“TCFD”) and 
investments that positively contribute towards the UN Sustainable Development Goals (“SDGs”).  
In the course of the relevant reporting period, the Company ensured that these environmental and social 
characteristics were met in accordance with the Company’s internal policies and procedures, and in the 
following ways: 
(a) 
Sustainable Development Goal Alignment 
The Company draws on the SDGs to demonstrate the positive environmental and social characteristics of 
its investments.  Please refer to page 44  of this report for more information on the Company’s approach 
to SDG alignment, and contribution during the period. This page highlights the primary SDGs that are 
supported by the Company’s investments, alongside alignment of the full portfolio by fair value. 
(b) 
Alignment with INPP Exclusion criteria 
All investments met the Company’s exclusion criteria, which are summarised below. 
The Company did not invest in infrastructure projects or associated businesses that had not demonstrated 
the ability or willingness to manage current and future ESG risks effectively, unless as a result of its 
involvement, the Company determined it would be able to significantly improve its ESG credentials.  
This means the Company did not invest in businesses or sectors relating to arms, tobacco, pornography, 
gambling, alcohol or any other sectors that have the potential to lead to human rights abuses. Equally, 
the Company did not invest in any infrastructure assets or associated businesses that had an unacceptable 
impact on the environment. The Company aligned its investment activities with the objectives of the Paris 
Agreement and did not invest in any infrastructure projects or associated businesses that do not have the 
potential to support/align with a low-carbon future.  
Finally, the Company did not invest in infrastructure or associated businesses that have a track record of;  
• 
Corrupt practices;  
• 
Poor governance and ethics practices; or  
• 
Poor safety or environmental management.  
Except for the exclusions stated above, the Company does not typically exclude infrastructure companies, 
sectors or asset types based on any particular activity or ESG exposure. Instead, the Company prefers to 
engage with the investments in its portfolio and use its position to influence positive change.  
(c) 
Alignment with INPP’s minimum Governance standards 
100% of the portfolio aligned with the Company’s minimum Governance standards. Please refer to page 
45  of this report for more information. 
(d) 
ESG incorporated through the investment process 
ESG was considered for all new investments, following the process summarised below. 
The consideration of ESG risks and opportunities is a formal element of the investment origination process. 
Following a review against the Company’s exclusion criteria, every investment opportunity underwent a 
118
119
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024

 
 
detailed screening and due diligence process, which considered both potentially negative and positive 
impacts. In line with international industry practice, potential investments were categorised as follows:  
• 
Category A – Investments with the potential to cause adverse environmental and social risks and/or 
impacts that are diverse, irreversible or unprecedented in the absence of mitigation;  
• 
Category B – Investments with potential limited adverse environmental and social risks and/or 
impacts that are few in number, generally site-specific, largely reversible and readily addressed 
through mitigation measures; and  
• 
Category C – Investments with minimal or no adverse environmental and social risks and/or impacts.  
This categorisation then determined the level of due diligence undertaken. 
For further information regarding ESG integration across the investment life cycle, please see page 10  of 
the Sustainability Report. 
 
 How did the sustainability indicators perform? 
Information regarding the performance of the Company’s investments against its Sustainable Development 
Goal alignment and sustainability indicators are provided on pages 37 and 40 of this report and pages 5 and 23 
of the Company’s Sustainability Report. In addition, 100% of investments met the Company’s exclusion criteria, 
minimum governance standards and ESG incorporation into the investment process.  
 
…and compared to previous periods?  
Information regarding the performance of the Company's investments against its sustainability indicators, in 
comparison to the previous period, is provided on page 47 of this report and page 28 of the Company’s 
Sustainability Report. 
Similarly, we confirm that there is no change to meeting the Company’s exclusion criteria, minimum governance 
standards and ESG incorporation into the investment process. Please see a comparison of Sustainable 
Development Goal alignment below. 
 
2024 
2023 
Patients treated in healthcare facilities 
developed and maintained by the Company 
>615,000 
>610,000 
Students attending schools developed and 
maintained by the Company 
> 181,000 
> 180,000 
Estimated equivalent number of homes 
powered by renewable energy transmitted 
through offshore transmission investments 
>3,700,000 
>2,700,000 
Jobs supported across all investments 
>11,000 
>10,400 
Annual passenger journeys through 
sustainable transport investments 
> 243,000,000 
> 212,000,000 
The three components of the London 
Tideway Improvements will work 
conjunctively to reduce discharges in a 
typical year by about 37 million cubic metres 
37,000,000 m3 
37,000,000 m3 
Sustainability 
indicators measure 
how the 
environmental or 
social 
characteristics 
promoted by the 
financial product 
are attained. 
 
 
 
What were the objectives of the sustainable investments that the financial product 
partially made and how did the sustainable investment contribute to such objectives?  
The Company promotes environmental or social characteristics but does not have as its objective sustainable 
investment. 
 
How did the sustainable investments that the financial product partially made not cause 
significant harm to any environmental or social sustainable investment objective?  
How were the indicators for adverse impacts on sustainability factors taken into 
account?  
Not applicable 
Were sustainable investments aligned with the OECD Guidelines for Multinational 
Enterprises and the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights? Details:  
Not applicable 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Principal 
adverse impacts 
are the most 
significant 
negative impacts 
of investment 
decisions on 
sustainability 
factors relating 
to 
environmental, 
social and 
employee 
matters, respect 
The EU Taxonomy sets out a “do not significant harm” principle by which 
Taxonomy-aligned investments should not significantly harm EU Taxonomy 
objectives and is accompanied by specific Union criteria.  
 
The “do no significant harm” principle applies only to those investments 
underlying the financial product that take into account the Union criteria for 
environmentally sustainable economic activities. The investments underlying the 
remaining portion of this financial product do not take into account the Union 
criteria for environmentally sustainable economic activities. 
 
 Any other sustainable investments must also not significantly harm any 
environmental or social objectives.  
 
120
121
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024

 
 
 
How did this financial product consider principal adverse impacts on 
sustainability factors?  
Not applicable.  
As detailed in the section entitled “To what extent were the environmental and/or social characteristics 
promoted by this financial product met?", every investment opportunity undergoes a detailed screening 
and due diligence process during which the potential negative impacts that an investment may have on 
an environmental and/or social characteristic are further considered. Those investments with potential 
to cause environmental and social risks and/or impacts that are diverse, irreversible or unprecedented in 
the absence of mitigation are subject to a higher level of due diligence to ensure that any risks are 
sufficiently mitigated and opportunities realised. 
 
What were the top investments of this financial product? 
 
 
 
 
 
Largest investments 
Sector 
% Assets 
Country 
Cadent 
Gas Distribution 
16.1% 
UK 
Tideway 
Waste water 
15.0% 
UK 
Diabolo 
Transport 
8.1% 
Belgium 
Angel Trains 
Transport 
6.0% 
UK 
OFTO – East Anglia 
Energy Transmission 
4.3% 
UK 
OFTO – Lincs 
Energy Transmission 
3.6% 
UK 
OFTO – Moray East 
Energy Transmission 
3.2% 
UK 
BeNEX 
Transport 
3.2% 
Germany  
Family Housing for 
Service Personnel 
Other 
2.7% 
US 
Reliance Rail 
Transport 
2.5% 
Australia 
The list includes the 
investments 
constituting the 
greatest proportion 
of investments of 
the financial product 
during the reference 
period which is: 1 
January to 31 
December 2023  
 
 
 
What was the proportion of sustainability-related investments? 
Not applicable – as noted above, the Company promotes environmental and social characteristics but 
does not have sustainable investment as its objective and therefore did not invest in sustainable 
investments, as defined under the SFDR.  
What was the asset allocation?  
 96% of the Company’s investments were used to attain the environmental or social characteristics of the 
Company. The Company may hold cash reserves and/or enter into derivative transactions for the purposes 
of ancillary liquidity, ongoing portfolio management and hedging. Given the purpose of these 
investments, there are no minimum environmental and social safeguards applied to such investments. As 
noted above, for the reporting period, the value of such “other” assets related to 4% of the Company’s 
investments.   
 
 
In which economic sectors were the investments made? 
The Company’s investments were in infrastructure assets, in the following sectors: energy, transmission, 
transport, education, gas distribution, waste water, health, family housing for service personnel, digital, 
courts and custodial.  
 
To what extent were the sustainable investments with an environmental 
objective aligned with the EU Taxonomy?  
In accordance with the criteria for sustainable investments under the SFDR, the Company does not have 
a sustainable investment objective, nor has it committed to making sustainable investments. However, 
this Annual Report includes a summary of an internal assessment of the Company's investments based 
on the EU Taxonomy technical screening criteria outlined in the Delegated Regulation (EU) 2021/2139 
(‘Climate Delegated Act’) and Delegated Regulation (EU) 2023/2486 (‘Environmental Delegated Act’). For 
more information, please refer to page 27 of the Company’s Sustainability Report. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
#1 Aligned with E/S characteristics includes the investments of the financial product used to attain the 
environmental or social characteristics promoted by the financial product. 
 
#2 Other includes the remaining investments of the financial product which are neither aligned with the 
environmental or social characteristics, nor are qualified as sustainable investments. 
 
 
Investments
#1 Aligned with E/S characteristics
#2 Other
To comply with the 
EU Taxonomy, the 
criteria for fossil 
gas include 
limitations on 
emissions and 
switching to fully 
renewable power 
or low-carbon 
fuels by the end of 
2035. For nuclear 
energy, the criteria 
include 
comprehensive 
safety and waste 
management 
rules. 
Enabling activities 
directly enable 
other activities to 
make a substantial 
contribution to an 
environmental 
objective. 
Transitional 
activities are 
activities for which 
low-carbon 
alternatives are not 
yet available and 
among others have 
greenhouse gas 
emission levels  
corresponding to 
the best 
performance. 
Asset allocation 
describes the 
share of 
investments in 
specific assets. 
122
123
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024

 
 
48% of the Company’s investments, by portfolio value, were determined to be aligned with the EU 
Taxonomy, further to the Company's internal assessment and based on the information provided by the 
investment companies. Those Taxonomy-aligned investments contributed substantially to two of the 
environmental objectives under the EU Taxonomy: (i) climate change mitigation and (ii) sustainable use 
and protection of water and marine resources. 
The Investment Adviser has determined that portfolio value is the most relevant indicator for calculating 
the Taxonomy-alignment of its investments in infrastructure assets. The Company's Investment Adviser 
has also sought to determine the proportion of Taxonomy-alignment using turnover, Capex and Opex, as 
required for the purposes of disclosing in accordance with the charts below. For the purpose of these 
calculations, the proportion of each Taxonomy-aligned investments' turnover, CapEx and OpEx that is 
Taxonomy-aligned was weighted according to the proportional value of the Company's total investments.  
Climate change mitigation-aligned investments meet the following environmentally sustainable 
economic activities:  
• 
Transmission and distribution of energy 
• 
Passenger interurban rail transport 
Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources aligned investments meet the following 
environmentally sustainable economic activities:  
• 
Urban Waste Water Treatment 
As noted above, the charts below provide details of turnover, CapEx and OpEx for those investments 
estimated to be aligned with the EU Taxonomy. These investments include OFTOs, Reliance Rail, Diabolo, 
Gold Coast Light Rail (Climate Change mitigation) and Tideway (Sustainable use and protection of water 
and marine resources). 
For completeness, the Company estimates that 54% of the portfolio is eligible for alignment with the EU 
Taxonomy. The Company’s Investment Adviser is working to identify those investments that are eligible 
for alignment with the EU Taxonomy but have not yet been determined to be aligned. They aim to gather 
greater evidence of policies and procedures in place to ensure that all underlying criteria are met. 
Therefore, the Investment Adviser has taken a conservative approach and determined that 0% of the 
Company's remaining investments are Taxonomy-aligned. A contributing factor is that a significant 
proportion of these investments are in the social infrastructure space, which is not considered under the 
current iteration of the EU Taxonomy and its technical screening criteria for environmentally sustainable 
economic activities. 
 
Did the financial product invest in fossil gas and/or nuclear energy related 
activities complying with the EU Taxonomy1? 
 
Yes:  
 
 
In fossil gas 
 
 
In nuclear energy 
No 
 
 
Fossil gas and/or nuclear related activities will only comply with the EU Taxonomy where they contribute to limiting climate 
change (“climate change mitigation”) and do not significantly harm any EU Taxonomy objective – see explanatory not in the 
left hand margin. The full criteria for fossil gas and nuclear energy economy activities that comply with the EU Taxonomy are 
laid down in Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2022/1214. 
 
 
 
What was the share of investments made in transitional and enabling activities?   
48% of investments made in the period were made in Taxonomy-aligned investments, including activities 
that in and of themselves contribute substantially to one of the six environmental objectives (28.31%) and 
enabling activities (19.32%).  
How did the percentage of investments that were aligned with the EU Taxonomy 
compare with previous reference periods?  
Not previously monitored 
What was the share of sustainable investments with an environmental 
objective not aligned with the EU Taxonomy?  
 
Not applicable 
 
What was the share of socially sustainable investments?  
 
Not applicable  
 
What investments were included under “other”, what was their purpose and 
were there any minimum environmental or social safeguards? 
The Company may hold cash reserves and/or enter into derivative transactions for the purposes of 
ancillary liquidity, ongoing portfolio management and hedging. Given the purpose of these investments, 
there are no minimum environmental and social safeguards applied to such investments. As noted above, 
for the reporting period, the value of such “other” assets related to 3% of the Company’s investments.   
The graphs below show in green the percentage of investments that were aligned with the EU 
Taxonomy. As there is no appropriate methodology to determine the taxonomy-alignment of sovereign 
bonds*, the first graph shows the Taxonomy alignment in relation to all the investments of the financial 
product including sovereign bonds, while the second graph shows the Taxonomy alignment only in 
relation to the investments of the financial product other than sovereign bonds. 
 
*For the purpose of these graphs, ‘sovereign bonds’ consist of  all sovereign exposures 
   
are 
sustainable 
investments with an 
environmental 
objective that do 
not take into 
account the criteria 
for environmentally 
sustainable 
economic activities 
under Regulation 
(EU) 2020/852.  
OpEx
CapEx
Turnover
0%
50%
100%
1. Taxonomy-alignment of investments 
including sovereign bonds* 
Taxonomy aligned investments
Other investments
OpEx
CapEx
Turnover
0%
20%
40%
60%
80% 100%
2. Taxonomy-alignment of investments 
excluding sovereign bonds* 
Taxonomy aligned
investments
Taxonomy-aligned 
activities are 
expressed as a 
share of: 
-  turnover 
reflecting the 
share of revenue 
from green 
activities of 
investee 
companies. 
- capital 
expenditure 
(CapEx) showing 
the green 
investments made 
by investee 
companies, e.g. for 
a transition to a 
green economy.  
- operational 
expenditure 
(OpEx) reflecting 
the green 
operational 
activities of 
investee 
companies. 
124
125
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024

 
 
 
What actions have been taken to meet the environmental and/or social 
characteristics during the reference period?  
As noted above, the Company ensured that the environmental and social characteristics were met on a 
continuous basis, through the following mandatory practices and in line with the Company’s internal 
policies and procedures: 
(a) 
Sustainable Development Goal Alignment; 
(b) 
Alignment with INPP Exclusion criteria; 
(c) 
Alignment with INPP’s minimum Governance standards; and 
(d) 
ESG incorporated through the investment process. 
Please refer to the Company’s 2024 Sustainability Report for a full summary of actions taken to attain the 
environmental and social characteristics of the Company. 
 
How did this financial product perform compared to the reference 
benchmark?  
The Company does not use a defined benchmark at this time. 
How does the reference benchmark differ from a broad market index? 
Not applicable 
How did this financial product perform with regard to the sustainability indicators 
to determine the alignment of the reference benchmark with the environmental or 
social characteristics promoted? 
Not applicable 
How did this financial product perform compared with the reference benchmark?  
Not applicable 
How did this financial product perform compared with the broad market index?  
Not applicable 
Reference 
benchmarks are 
indexes to 
measure whether 
the financial 
product attains the 
environmental or 
social 
characteristics that 
they promote. 
126
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2024
International Public Partnerships Limited
c/o Ocorian Administration (Guernsey) Limited
PO Box 286
Floor 2
Trafalgar Court
Les Banques
St Peter Port
Guernsey, Channel Islands GY1 4LY
Tel: +44 1481 742 742
WWW.INTERNATIONALPUBLICPARTNERSHIPS.COM